Free Essay

Mckesson Annual Report

In:

Submitted By pratyoosh
Words 66785
Pages 268
Annual Report
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2011

“Our results in fiscal 2011 extend our track record of

growing EPS, which we have increased at a 13.9% compound annual growth rate since fiscal 2007.”
John H. Hammergren, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, McKesson Corporation

Financial Results
Five-Year Total Revenue (in millions) Five-Year EPS*

*Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations, as displayed above, excludes adjustments for litigation charges (credits) net (“EPS”). For supplemental financial data and corresponding reconciliation to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), see Appendix A to this 2011 Annual Report. Non-GAAP measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Total Stockholder Return**

**The percentages displayed represent total annualized stockholder return for each period presented, including the reinvestment of dividends.

Dear Fellow Stockholders, I am pleased to report that McKesson delivered another strong performance in fiscal 2011, marked by outstanding execution in Distribution Solutions, continued success in expanding our relationships with customers and suppliers, and near record levels of capital deployment, including the $2.1 billion acquisition of US Oncology, our largest acquisition in a decade.
McKesson generated revenues of $112.1 billion and exceeded expectations for both earnings and cash flow. Earnings per diluted share from continuing operations (EPS) was $4.86,*** and cash from operations was $2.3 billion. We ended the year with cash and equivalents of $3.6 billion. Our strong cash flow creates additional opportunities for the company to create value for our customers, suppliers and stockholders. Our results in fiscal 2011 extend our track record of growing EPS, which we have increased at a 13.9% compound annual growth rate since fiscal 2007. Healthcare is an indispensable industry, with spending projected to reach $4.3 trillion, or approximately 20.3% of gross domestic product, by 2018, according to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. Nevertheless, all segments of healthcare face a wide array of business, care and connectivity challenges, creating significant opportunities for McKesson to partner with its customers in deeper and broader ways. Our fiscal 2011 performance reflects the clarity with which we see the industry, the soundness of the strategy we have developed to serve it, and our success in working with our customers to build healthier organizations that deliver better, more cost-effective care. We are uniquely positioned to help improve the business and clinical performance of all sectors of the healthcare system, leading to better results for our customers, better health for patients and better returns to our stockholders. We expect a combination of internal and external factors to drive our ongoing success, ranging from positive demographic trends and a robust market for generic medications, to our diversified solution portfolio and financial strength. In the remainder of this letter, I will provide more detail on these factors and explain why they create new opportunities to extend the company’s lead in healthcare services and continue our track record of strong revenue and earnings growth. Expanded Healthcare Needs of an Aging Population According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the global population of people 65 years and older continues to grow, driving increased demand for healthcare services and pharmaceuticals. In the United States, this demographic segment is expected to climb from 35 million people in 2000, or 12% of the population, to 72 million people in 2030, or 20% of the population. According to the CDC, healthcare costs for people over 65 are three to five times more than for those younger than 65. The rise in serious and chronic conditions, along with advances in medical technologies, procedures and pharmaceuticals, fuels the need for the kind of improved, coordinated and streamlined healthcare system McKesson supports in partnership with customers in every sector. Push for Access and Efficiency through Healthcare Reform Today’s public policy agenda supports greater access to healthcare and improved efficiency, contributing to the imperative for a more cost-effective, connected and automated healthcare system. Providers, physicians, payers and pharmacies are focused on achieving operational improvements, meeting regulatory requirements, and preparing for the clinical, financial and administrative complexities associated with evolving integrated care models. These trends create additional demand for our solutions and expertise in both our distribution and

***Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations excludes adjustments for litigation charges (credits) net (“EPS”). For supplemental financial data and corresponding reconciliation to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), see Appendix A to this 2011 Annual Report. Non-GAAP measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP.

technology segments. We were pleased that our key hospital clinical systems received government certification in fiscal 2011 for Stage 1 Meaningful Use, enabling our customers to pursue incentive funds under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA). The increased focus on improving quality and providing greater access affords excellent opportunities for growing our business. Robust Market for Generic Medications According to IMS Health, generic medications have experienced almost double-digit growth since 2005, a trend expected to continue. McKesson purchases generics as a single organization, while providing tailored offerings for each customer segment. We create value for customers and manufacturing partners through our scale, distribution efficiency, global sourcing initiatives and understanding of each stakeholder’s individual requirements. McKesson is among the largest buyers of generics in the United States, and well positioned to benefit from the expanding use of generic medications. Higher-Margin Businesses in Fast-Growth Sectors McKesson consistently uses its strong balance sheet to acquire and build higher-margin businesses in the fast-growth sectors of healthcare, and we combine our diverse assets to generate additional value for our customers. Continuing this practice, our acquisition of US Oncology was a major highlight in fiscal 2011. One of the largest oncology services companies in the United States, US Oncology serves more than 1,400 physicians who treat over 850,000 patients annually throughout the nation. This acquisition strengthens our position in specialty distribution and advances our ability to provide enhanced service offerings to providers, manufacturers, payers and patients. Strength and Breadth in Technology Offerings Today’s hospitals, payers, pharmacies and physician practices face a broad set of challenges, including new payment models, regulatory changes, increased cost pressures and a higher bar for quality of care. Our technology solutions empower our customers to overcome these obstacles, while creating stable and recurring revenue streams for the company. McKesson Provider Technologies provides a comprehensive suite of technology solutions to hospitals and physician offices. Our RelayHealth division connects and streamlines operations within and between care settings, and our Health Solutions division combines expert technology and evidence-based clinical information to allow payers to manage financial,

“Our strong balance sheet and cash flow allow us to deploy capital to optimize the performance of our existing portfolio, lay the foundation for future growth and provide our stockholders with both short and long-term returns.”

administrative and clinical processes and improve care quality. Our customer relationships will deepen as we work closely together to lower medical and administrative costs and improve care coordination across settings. Success in Driving Cost Control and Quality Improvements McKesson uses Six Sigma process discipline to reduce costs and continually improve quality in every aspect of our business. We collaborate with suppliers to develop joint process improvements and have extended Six Sigma consulting to our customers, enabling them to achieve higher levels of operational excellence and efficiency. We also drive down costs in other ways, including our global sourcing program, which coordinates and optimizes purchasing across the various businesses and geographies of McKesson. Strong, Stable Relationships with Manufacturing Partners Over McKesson’s long and successful history, we have built excellent relationships with our branded manufacturing partners through a combination of best-in-class distribution and marketing services. Our adherence and compliance programs, for example, help patients stay on their prescribed medications, resulting in better health outcomes and incremental revenue for our manufacturing partners, our customers and McKesson. Further, our strong relationships with our manufacturing partners enable us to earn steady levels of compensation and expand margins. We will continue to develop innovative programs that support our partners’ business and clinical strategies, while remaining laser-focused on providing the most efficient, cost-effective and reliable distribution services in the industry. Financial Strength and Flexibility Our strong balance sheet and cash flow allow us to deploy capital to optimize the performance of our existing portfolio, lay the foundation for future growth and provide our stockholders with both short and long-term returns. In fiscal 2011, we repurchased

$2.1 billion of common stock, paid $171 million in dividends (reflecting a 50% dividend increase), made $388 million in internal investments and completed the $2.1 billion purchase of US Oncology. We plan to maintain our portfolio approach in fiscal 2012. In April 2011, our board authorized the repurchase of an additional $1 billion of common stock, bringing the total authorization to approximately $1.5 billion, and approved a new policy increasing our quarterly dividend from $0.18 to $0.20 per share. These actions demonstrate our confidence in our business and the stability of our future cash flow. Summary and Outlook Looking ahead, we expect the forces that have produced attractive market conditions for McKesson will continue in fiscal 2012. Access, quality and cost will remain critical healthcare challenges over the next five years, compelling providers, manufacturers and payers to seek broad solutions that enable them to improve financial, clinical and operational performance. Against this backdrop, we see the following positive trends in the core areas that drive McKesson’s financial success: • Growing market for pharmaceuticals and medical supplies, with particular opportunities to expand our generics business and address the nearly $300 billion untapped market opportunity created by poor medication adherence. • Expanding use of healthcare information technology, driven by ARRA, the need to integrate business and clinical processes, and the pressure on all stakeholders to improve efficiency. • Accelerating demand for connectivity solutions, spurred by the need to coordinate care across settings, optimize financial performance and improve quality.

“We are uniquely positioned to help improve the business and clinical performance of all sectors of the healthcare system, leading to better results for our customers, better health for patients and better returns to our stockholders.”

Making the business of healthcare run better by improving the health and vitality of our customers and supplier partners remains our core focus. We know that every improvement in the operation, infrastructure and delivery of care increases safety, reduces costs and improves outcomes. Our leadership in these areas delivers value to our stockholders, and most importantly, leads to better health for all. On behalf of the Board of Directors and our 36,400 dedicated employees, thank you for your commitment to McKesson. John H. Hammergren Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer McKesson Corporation

Industry Leadership In March 2011, McKesson was rated among the world’s most admired companies in healthcare by FORTUNE Magazine for the second year in a row. Currently ranked 15th on the Fortune 500, McKesson is: • #1 in pharmaceutical distribution in the U.S. and Canada • #1 in pharmaceutical distribution for generic pharmaceuticals • #1 in medical-surgical distribution to alternate care sites • #1 in medical management and claims auditing • #2 in specialty distribution and services

McKesson Makes the Business of Healthcare Run Better
Every day, our supply-chain and healthcare information technology solutions keep healthcare organizations operating efficiently and cost-effectively so they can direct more of their financial resources and time to caring for patients. Creating a United Network of Community Oncologists For community oncology practices, McKesson provides improvements in practice management, drug management, claims management, and group purchasing, along with better coordinated oncology research, deep clinical expertise and support, in-office dispensing, Electronic Medical Record (EMR) technology, patient portal technologies, and better connectivity with payers, manufacturers, hospitals and other physicians. Through innovative clinical, research, business and operational solutions, facilitated by integrated technology systems, we improve the financial health of our customers and help them provide quality care for patients.

FOR BETTER HEALTH McKesson helps its customers build healthier organizations that deliver better care to patients in every setting.

McKesson Brings Healthcare Together
McKesson makes better care possible by connecting stakeholders, integrating systems, streamlining processes and improving information flow, which reduces waste, improves safety and frees healthcare providers to focus more fully on patient care. Building the Infrastructure for Personalized Medicine With our Advanced Diagnostics Management (ADM) offering, we are making the promise of personalized medicine a reality. By combining our industry-leading InterQual clinical content with intelligent, Web-based decision tools, ADM helps physicians select the most effective tests for their patients while enabling payers to make coverage rules transparent so all stakeholders understand which tests are covered by a patient’s health plan.

McKesson Helps Deliver Better Care
As one of the largest providers of healthcare services and information technology in North America, we work with pharmacies, physician practices, hospitals and payers to reduce medication errors, standardize care protocols, and provide caregivers with the knowledge and tools they need to provide the best possible care, every time. Empowering Pharmacists to Spend More Time Caring for Patients McKesson’s partnership with more than 26,000 U.S. retail pharmacy locations allows those pharmacists to get out from behind the counter and spend more time counseling patients. Our generics purchasing programs, managed-care services, and pharmacy systems and automation solutions enable pharmacists to overcome key business challenges, and our medication therapy management, clinical counseling and adherence programs help them to provide improved clinical support. The result is win-win: enhanced business performance for our customers and better outcomes for patients.

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011 OR TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from ______ to ______

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Delaware

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

McKESSON CORPORATION

Commission File Number 1-13252

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) (Zip Code)

94-3207296 94104

One Post Street, San Francisco, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

(415) 983-8300

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: (Title of each class) (Name of each exchange on which registered) Common Stock, $0.01 par value New York Stock Exchange Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No  Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  No  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  No  Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large accelerated filer  Accelerated filer  Non-accelerated filer  Smaller reporting company  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  No  The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, September 2010, was approximately $15.5 billion. Number of shares of common stock outstanding on April 29, 2011: 252,120,037 DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

McKESSON CORPORATION TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item Page

PART I 1. 1A. 1B. 2. 3. 4. Business........................................................................................................................................... Risk Factors ..................................................................................................................................... Unresolved Staff Comments ........................................................................................................... Properties......................................................................................................................................... Legal Proceedings ........................................................................................................................... Reserved .......................................................................................................................................... Executive Officers of the Registrant ............................................................................................... PART II 5. 6. 7. 7A. 8. 9. 9A. 9B. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities .............................................................................................. Selected Financial Data ................................................................................................................... Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ......... Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk......................................................... Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ............................................................................... Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .......... Controls and Procedures.................................................................................................................. Other Information ............................................................................................................................ PART III 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .............................................................. Executive Compensation ................................................................................................................. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters............................................................................................................................................. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence ................................. Principal Accounting Fees and Services ......................................................................................... PART IV 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule..................................................................................... Signatures ........................................................................................................................................ 2 110 111 107 107 107 109 109 24 27 28 50 51 106 106 106 3 11 22 22 22 22 23

McKESSON CORPORATION PART I Item 1. General McKesson Corporation (“McKesson,” the “Company,” the “Registrant” or “we” and other similar pronouns), is a Fortune 15 corporation that delivers medicines, pharmaceutical supplies, information and care management products and services designed to reduce costs and improve quality across the healthcare industry. The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31. Unless otherwise noted, all references in this document to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act,”) are available free of charge on our website (www.mckesson.com under the “Investors – Financial Information – SEC Filings” caption) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or the “Commission”). The content on any website referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not incorporated by reference into this report, unless expressly noted otherwise. The public may also read or copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including the Company, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is http://www.sec.gov. Business Segments We operate in two segments. The McKesson Distribution Solutions segment distributes ethical and proprietary drugs, medical-surgical supplies and equipment and health and beauty care products throughout North America. This segment also provides specialty pharmaceutical solutions for biotech and pharmaceutical manufacturers, sells financial, operational and clinical solutions for pharmacies (retail, hospital, alternate site) and provides consulting, outsourcing and other services. This segment includes a 49% interest in Nadro, S.A. de C.V. (“Nadro”), one of the leading pharmaceutical distributors in Mexico, and a 39% interest in Parata Systems, LLC (“Parata”), which sells automated pharmacy and supply management systems and services to retail and institutional outpatient pharmacies. The McKesson Technology Solutions segment delivers enterprise-wide clinical, patient care, financial, supply chain, strategic management software solutions, pharmacy automation for hospitals, as well as connectivity, outsourcing and other services, including remote hosting and managed services, to healthcare organizations. This segment also includes our Payer group of businesses, which includes our InterQual® clinical criteria solution, medical management tools, claims payment solutions and care management programs. The segment’s customers include hospitals, physicians, homecare providers, retail pharmacies and payers from North America, the United Kingdom, Ireland, other European countries and Israel. Net revenues for our segments for the last three years were as follows:
(Dollars in billions)

Business

Distribution Solutions Technology Solutions Total

2011 2010 2009 $ 108.9 97% $ 105.6 97% $ 103.6 97% 3.2 3% 3.1 3% 3.0 3% $ 112.1 100% $ 108.7 100% $ 106.6 100%

3

McKESSON CORPORATION Distribution Solutions McKesson Distribution Solutions consists of the following businesses: U.S. Pharmaceutical Distribution, McKesson Canada, Medical-Surgical Distribution, McKesson Pharmacy Systems and Automation and McKesson Specialty Care Solutions. This segment also includes our 49% interest in Nadro and 39% interest in Parata. U.S. Pharmaceutical Distribution: This business supplies pharmaceuticals and/or other healthcare-related products to customers in three primary customer channels: (1) retail national accounts (including national and regional chains, food/drug combinations, mail order pharmacies and mass merchandisers); (2) independent retail pharmacies; and (3) institutional healthcare providers (including hospitals, health systems, integrated delivery networks, clinics and alternate site providers). This business also provides solutions and services to pharmaceutical manufacturers. Our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business operates and serves thousands of customer locations through a network of 28 distribution centers, as well as a primary redistribution center, a strategic redistribution center and two repackaging facilities, serving all 50 states and Puerto Rico. We invest in technology and other systems at all of our distribution centers to enhance safety, reliability and provide the best product availability for our customers. For example, in all of our distribution centers we use Acumax® Plus, an award-winning technology that integrates and tracks all internal inventory-related functions such as receiving, put-away and order fulfillment. Acumax® Plus uses bar code technology, wrist-mounted computer hardware and radio frequency signals to provide customers with real-time product availability and industry-leading order quality and fulfillment in excess of 99.9% adjusted accuracy. In addition, we offer Mobile ManagerSM, which integrates portable handheld technology with Acumax® Plus to give customers complete ordering and inventory control. We also offer McKesson ConnectSM, an Internetbased ordering system that provides item lookup and real-time inventory availability as well as ordering, purchasing, third-party reconciliation and account management functionality. Together, these features help ensure customers have the right products at the right time for their facilities and patients. To maximize distribution efficiency and effectiveness, we follow the Six Sigma methodology — an analytical approach that emphasizes setting high-quality objectives, collecting data and analyzing results to a fine degree in order to improve processes, reduce costs and minimize errors. We continue to implement information systems to help achieve greater consistency and accuracy both internally and for our customers. The major offerings of the McKesson U.S. Pharmaceutical Distribution business by customer group can be categorized as retail national accounts, independent retail pharmacies and institutional healthcare providers. Retail National Accounts — Business solutions that help national account customers increase revenues and profitability. Solutions include: • • • • • • Central FillSM — Prescription refill service that enables pharmacies to more quickly refill prescriptions remotely, more accurately and at a lower cost, while reducing inventory levels and improving customer service. Redistribution Centers — Two facilities totaling over 500 thousand square feet that offer access to inventory for single source warehouse purchasing, including pharmaceuticals and biologicals. These distribution centers also provide the foundation for a two-tiered distribution network that supports best-in-class direct store delivery. EnterpriseRx® — A fully integrated and centrally hosted pharmacy management solution (software as a service model). EnterpriseRx® centralizes data, reporting, pricing and drug updates, providing the operational control, visibility and support needed to reduce costs and streamline administrative tasks. RxPakSM — Bulk-to-bottle repackaging service that leverages our purchasing scale and supplier relationships to provide pharmaceuticals at reduced prices, help increase inventory turns and reduce working capital investment. Inventory Management – An integrated solution comprising forecasting software and automated replenishment technologies that reduce inventory-carrying costs. McKesson OneStop Generics® — Generic pharmaceutical purchasing program that helps pharmacies maximize their cost savings with a broad selection of generic drugs, low pricing and one-stop shopping.

4

McKESSON CORPORATION Independent Retail Pharmacies — Solutions for managed care contracting, branding and advertising, merchandising, purchasing, operational efficiency and automation that help independent pharmacists focus on patient care while improving profitability. Solutions include: • Health Mart® —Health Mart® is a national network of more than 2,700 independently-owned pharmacies and is one of the industry’s most comprehensive pharmacy franchise programs. Health Mart® provides franchisees with managed care that drives pharmacy benefit manager recognition, branding that drives consumer recognition, in-store programs that drive manufacturer and payer recognition and community advocacy programs that drive industry recognition. Health Mart® helps franchisees grow their businesses by focusing on the three principles of successful retailing: – Attract new customers; – Maximize the value of current customers; and – Enhance business efficiency. AccessHealth® — Comprehensive managed care and reconciliation assistance services that help independent pharmacies save time, access competitive reimbursement rates and improve cash flow. McKesson Reimbursement AdvantageSM (“MRA”) — MRA is one of the industry’s most comprehensive reimbursement optimization packages, comprising financial services (automated claim resubmission), analytic services and customer care. McKesson OneStop Generics® — described above. EnterpriseRx® — described above. Sunmark® — Complete line of more than 1,000 products that provide retail independent pharmacies with value-priced alternatives to national brands. FrontEdge™ — Strategic planning, merchandising and price maintenance program that helps independent pharmacies maximize store profitability. McKesson Home Health Care — Comprehensive line of more than 1,800 home health care products, including durable medical equipment, diabetes supplies, self-care supplies and disposables from national brands and the Sunmark® line. Central FillSM — described above.

• • • • • • • •

Institutional Healthcare Providers — Electronic ordering/purchasing and supply chain management systems that help customers improve financial performance, increase operational efficiencies and deliver better patient care. Solutions include: • • • • • • • McKesson Pharmacy Optimization® — An experienced group of pharmacy professionals providing consulting services and pharmacy practice resources. McKesson Pharmacy Optimization® develops customized and quantifiable solutions that help hospitals create and sustain financial, operational and clinical results. Fulfill-RxSM — Ordering and inventory management system that integrates McKesson pharmaceutical distribution services with our automation solutions, thus empowering hospitals to optimize the often complicated and disjointed processes related to unit-based cabinet replenishment and inventory management. Asset Management — Award-winning inventory optimization and purchasing management program that helps institutional providers lower costs while ensuring product availability. SKY Packaging — Blister-format packaging containing the most widely prescribed dosages and strengths in generic oral-solid medications. SKY Packaging enables acute care, long-term care and institutional pharmacies to provide cost-effective, uniform packaging. McKesson OneStop Generics® — Generic pharmaceutical purchasing program that enables acute care pharmacies to capture the full potential of purchasing generic pharmaceuticals. The Long-Term Care OneStop Generics program allows a long-term care pharmacy to capture savings on generic purchases. McKesson 340B Solution Suite — Solutions that help providers manage, track and report on medication replenishment associated with the federal 340B Drug Pricing Program. High Performance Pharmacy® — Framework that identifies and categorizes hospital pharmacy best practices to help improve clinical outcomes and financial results. The High Performance Pharmacy Assessment Tool enables hospital pharmacies to measure against comparable institutions and chart a step-by-step path to high performance.

5

McKESSON CORPORATION McKesson Canada: McKesson Canada, a wholly-owned subsidiary, is one of the largest pharmaceutical distributors in Canada. McKesson Canada, through its network of 17 distribution centers, provides logistics and distribution to more than 800 manufacturers – delivering their products to retail pharmacies, hospitals, long-term care centers, clinics and institutions throughout Canada. Beyond pharmaceutical distribution, logistics and order fulfillment, McKesson Canada has automated over 2,500 retail pharmacies and is also active in hospital automation solutions, dispensing more than 100 million doses each year. In partnership with other McKesson businesses, McKesson Canada provides a full range of services to Canadian manufacturers and healthcare providers, contributing to the quality and safety of care for patients. Medical–Surgical Distribution: This business provides medical-surgical supply distribution, equipment, logistics and other services to healthcare providers including physicians’ offices, surgery centers, extended care facilities, homecare and occupational health sites through a network of 28 distribution centers within the U.S. This business is a leading provider of supplies to the full range of alternate-site healthcare facilities, including physicians’ offices, clinics and surgery centers (primary care), long-term care, occupational health facilities and homecare sites (extended care). Through a variety of technology products and services geared towards the supply chain, our Medical-Surgical Distribution business is focused on helping its customers operate more efficiently while providing one of the industry’s most extensive product offerings, including our own private label line. This business also includes ZEE® Medical, one of the most extensive product offerings in the industry of first aid, safety and training solutions, providing services to industrial and commercial customers. This business offers an extensive line of products and services aimed at maximizing productivity and minimizing the liability and cost associated with workplace illnesses and injuries. McKesson Pharmacy Systems and Automation: This business supplies integrated pharmacy management systems, automated dispensing systems and related services to retail, outpatient, central fill, specialty and mail order pharmacies. Its primary offering is EnterpriseRx®, a fully integrated and centrally hosted pharmacy management solution (software as a service model). EnterpriseRx® centralizes data, reporting, pricing and drug updates, providing the operational control, visibility and support needed to reduce costs and streamline administrative tasks. We also own a 39% interest in Parata, which sells automated pharmacy and supply management systems and services to retail and institutional pharmacies. McKesson Specialty Care Solutions: This business provides solutions for patients with complex diseases and advances specialty care by facilitating collaboration among healthcare providers, drug manufacturers and payers through our expertise in specialty drug distribution and commercialization support. The business provides direct-tophysician specialty distribution services ensuring specialty drugs are received in manufacturer recommended conditions. This business also offers our industry leading Lynx® integrated technologies and clinical tools, which help provider organizations to improve their inventory management, business efficiencies and reimbursement processes. The business also works with manufacturers to optimize delivery of complex medication to patients through custom distribution and safety programs that support appropriate product utilization, as well as the development and management of reimbursement and patient access programs that help patients to gain cost effective access to needed therapies. On December 30, 2010, we acquired US Oncology Holdings, Inc. (“US Oncology”) of The Woodlands, Texas, an integrated oncology company, which expands our existing specialty pharmaceutical distribution business and adds practice management services for oncologists. US Oncology is affiliated with community-based oncologists, and works with patients, hospitals, payers and the broader medical industry across all phases of the cancer research and delivery continuum. Technology Solutions Our Technology Solutions segment provides a comprehensive portfolio of software, automation, support and services to help healthcare organizations improve quality and patient safety, reduce the cost and variability of care and better manage their resources and revenue stream. This segment also includes our InterQual® clinical criteria solution, medical management tools, claims payment solutions and care management programs. Technology Solutions markets its products and services to integrated delivery networks, hospitals, physician practices, home healthcare providers, retail pharmacies and payers. Our solutions and services are sold internationally through subsidiaries and/or distribution agreements in Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, other European countries and Israel.

6

McKESSON CORPORATION The product portfolio for the Technology Solutions segment is designed to address a wide array of healthcare clinical and business performance needs ranging from medication safety and information access to revenue cycle management, resource utilization and physician adoption of electronic health records (“EHR”). Analytics software enables organizations to measure progress as they automate care processes for optimal clinical outcomes, business and operating results and regulatory compliance. To ensure that organizations achieve the maximum value for their information technology investment, we also offer a wide range of services to support the implementation and use of solutions as well as assist with business and clinical redesign, process re-engineering and staffing (both information technology and back-office). Key solution areas are as follows: Clinical and financial management: We provide comprehensive clinical and financial information systems for hospitals and health systems of all sizes. These systems are designed to improve the safety and quality of patient care and improve clinical, financial and operational performance. Clinical functionality includes a data repository, care planning, physician order entry and documentation, nursing documentation with bar-coded medication administration, laboratory, radiology, pharmacy, surgical management, emergency department and ambulatory EHR systems, a Web-based physician portal and a comprehensive solution for homecare. Revenue management solutions are designed to improve financial performance by reducing days in accounts receivable, preventing insurance claim denials, reducing costs and improving productivity. Solutions include online patient billing, contract management, electronic claims processing and coding compliance checking. These solutions streamline patient access and help organizations to forecast financial responsibility for constituents before and during care, allowing providers to collect their reimbursements more quickly and at a lower cost. Enterprise imaging: In addition to document imaging to facilitate maintenance and access to complete medical records, we offer medical imaging and information management systems for healthcare enterprises, including a picture archiving communications system, a radiology information system and a comprehensive cardiovascular information system. Our enterprise-wide approach to medical imaging enables organizations to take advantage of specialty-specific workstations while building an integrated image repository that manages all of the images and information captured throughout the care continuum. Performance management: Performance management solutions are designed to enhance an organization’s ability to plan and optimize quality care delivery. Enterprise visibility and performance analytics provide business intelligence that enables providers to manage capacity, outcomes, productivity and patient flow. Workforce management solutions assist caregivers with staffing and maintaining labor rule continuity between scheduling, time and attendance and payroll. A comprehensive supply chain management solution integrates enterprise resource planning applications, including financials, materials, human resources/payroll, with scheduling, point of use, surgical and anesthesia services and enterprise-wide analytics. Automation: Automation solutions include technologies that help hospitals re-engineer and improve their medication use processes. Examples include centralized pharmacy automation for dispensing unit-dose medications, unit-based cabinet technologies for secure medication storage and rapid retrieval and an anesthesia cart for dispensing of medications in the operating room. Based on a foundation of bar-code scanning technology, these integrated solutions are designed to reduce errors and bring new levels of safety to patients. Physician practice solutions: We provide a complete solution for physician practices of all sizes that includes software, revenue cycle outsourcing and connectivity services. Software solutions include practice management and EHR software for physicians of every size and specialty. Our physician practice offering also includes outsourced billing and collection services as well as services that connect physicians with their patients, hospitals, retail pharmacies and payers. Revenue cycle outsourcing enables physician groups to avoid the infrastructure investment and administrative costs of an in-house billing office. Services include clinical data collection, data input, medical coding, billing, contract management, cash collections, accounts receivable management and extensive reporting of metrics related to the physician practice.

7

McKESSON CORPORATION Connectivity: Through our vendor-neutral RelayHealth® and its intelligent network, the Company provides health information exchange and revenue cycle management solutions that streamline clinical, financial and administrative communication between patients, providers, payers, pharmacies, manufacturers, government and financial institutions. RelayHealth® helps to accelerate the delivery of high-quality care and improve financial performance through online consultation of physicians by patients, electronic prescribing by physicians, point-ofservice resolution of pharmacy claims by payers, pre-visit financial clearance of patients by providers and post-visit settlement of provider bills by payers and patients. RelayHealth® securely processes more than 14.8 billion financial and clinical transactions annually. In addition to the product offerings described above, Technology Solutions offers a comprehensive range of services to help organizations derive greater value, enhance satisfaction and return on investment throughout the life of the solutions implemented. The range of services includes: Technology Services: Technology services supports the smooth operation of numerous organizations’ information systems by providing the technical infrastructure designed to maximize application accessibility, availability, security and performance. Outsourcing Services: With these services, we help providers focus their resources on healthcare while their information technology or operations are supported through managed services, including outsourcing. Service options include remote hosting, managing hospital data processing operations, as well as strategic information systems planning and management, revenue cycle processes, payroll processing, business office administration and major system conversions. Professional Services: Professional services help customers achieve business results from their software or automation investment. A wide array of service options is available, including consulting for business and/or clinical process improvement and re-design as well as implementation, project management, technical and education services relating to all products in the Technology Solutions segment. Payer Group: The following suite of services and software products is marketed to payers, hospitals and government organizations to help manage the cost and quality of care: • • • • • • Disease management programs to improve the health status and health outcomes of patients with chronic conditions; Nurse advice services to provide health information and recommend appropriate levels of care; Clinical and analytical software to support utilization, case and disease management workflows; Business intelligence tools for measuring, reporting and improving clinical and financial performance; InterQual® Criteria for clinical decision support and utilization management; and Claims payment solutions to facilitate accurate and efficient medical claim payments.

Business Combinations and Discontinued Operation We have undertaken strategic initiatives in recent years designed to further focus on our core healthcare businesses and enhance our competitive position. We expect to continue to undertake such strategic initiatives in the future. These initiatives are detailed in Financial Notes 2 and 6, “Business Combinations” and “Discontinued Operation,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Competition In every area of healthcare distribution operations, our Distribution Solutions segment faces strong competition, both in price and service, from national, regional and local full-line, short-line and specialty wholesalers, service merchandisers, self-warehousing chains, manufacturers engaged in direct distribution, third-party logistics companies and large payer organizations. In addition, this segment faces competition from various other service providers and from pharmaceutical and other healthcare manufacturers as well as other potential customers of the segment, which may from time-to-time decide to develop, for their own internal needs, supply management capabilities that would otherwise be provided by the segment. Price, quality of service, and in some cases, convenience to the customer are generally the principal competitive elements in this segment.

8

McKESSON CORPORATION Our Technology Solutions segment experiences substantial competition from many firms, including other software services firms, consulting firms, shared service vendors, certain hospitals and hospital groups, payers, care management organizations, hardware vendors and internet-based companies with technology applicable to the healthcare industry. Competition varies in size from small to large companies, in geographical coverage and in scope and breadth of products and services offered. Intellectual Property The principal trademarks and service marks of the Distribution Solutions segment include: AccessHealth®, Acumax®, Central FillSM, Closed Loop DistributionSM, CypressSM, Cypress Plus®, Edwards Medical Supply®, Empowering Healthcare®, EnterpriseRx®, Expect More From MooreSM, FrontEdge™, Fulfill-RxSM, Health Mart®, High Performance Pharmacy®, LoyaltyScript®, Lynx®, Max Impact®, McKesson®, McKesson AdvantageSM, McKesson ConnectSM, McKesson Empowering Healthcare®, McKesson High Volume SolutionsSM, McKesson Max Rewards®, McKesson OneStop Generics®, McKesson Pharmacy CentralSM, McKesson Pharmacy Optimization®, McKesson Priority Express OTCSM, McKesson Reimbursement AdvantageSM, McKesson Supply ManagerSM, MediNet™, Medi-Pak®, Mobile ManagerSM, Moore Medical®, Moorebrand®, Northstarx®, Onmark®, OTN®, Pharma360®, PharmacyRx™, Pharmaserv®, RX PakSM, RxOwnership®, ServiceFirstSM, Staydry®, Sterling Medical Services®, Sunmark®, The Supply Experts®, Supply Management OnlineSM, TrialScript®, Valu-Rite®, XVIII B Medi Mart®, Zee Medical Service®, ZEE®, US Oncology®, United We WinSM, Triangle Design®, AccessMed®, OncologyRx Care Advantage®, Oncology TodaySM, Nexcura®, Innovent®, Comprehensive Strategic Alliance (CSA)SM, Advancing Cancer Care in America®, iKnowMedSM, Accessmed®, CaresRxSM, Research & Education®, Heal Living Well After Cancer®, Heart Profilers & Design®, Iknowchart™, Oncology Today Translating Knowledge Into Cancer Care®, Radmap™, Selectplus Oncology®, US Cancer AllianceSM, and Market Focus SM. The substantial majority of technical concepts and codes embodied in our Technology Solutions segment’s computer programs and program documentation are protected as trade secrets. The principal trademarks and service marks for this segment are: AcuDose-Rx®, ANSOS One-Staff™, Ask-A-Nurse®, Care Fully Connected™, CareEnhance®, Connect-RN™, Connect-Rx®, CRMS™, DataStat®, ePremis®, Episode Profiler™, E-Script™, Fulfill-RxSM, HealthQuest™, Horizon Admin-Rx™, Horizon Clinicals®, Horizon Enterprise Revenue ManagementTM, HorizonWP®, InterQual®, Lytec®, MedCarousel®, Medisoft®, ORSOS One-Call™, PACMED™, PakPlus-Rx™, Paragon®, Pathways 2000®, Patterns Profiler™, Per-Se™, Per-Se Technologies®, PerYourHealth.com®, Practice Partner®, Premis®, ProIntercept®, ProMed®, ProPBM®, RelayHealth®, ROBOTRx®, SelfPace®, Series 2000™, STAR 2000™, SupplyScan™, TRENDSTAR® and WebVisit™. We also own other registered and unregistered trademarks and service marks and similar rights used by our business segments. Many of the principal trademarks and service marks are registered in the United States, or registrations have been applied for with respect to such marks, in addition to certain other jurisdictions. The United States federal registrations of these trademarks have terms of ten or twenty years, depending on date of registration, and are subject to unlimited renewals. We believe that we have taken all necessary steps to preserve the registration and duration of our trademarks and service marks, although no assurance can be given that we will be able to successfully enforce or protect our rights thereunder in the event that they are subject to third-party infringement claims. We do not consider any particular patent, license, franchise or concession to be material to our business. We also hold copyrights in, and patents related to, many of our products. Other Information about the Business Customers: During 2011, sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 51% of our total consolidated revenues. Sales to our two largest customers, CVS Caremark Corporation (“CVS”) and Rite Aid Corporation (“Rite Aid”), accounted for approximately 14% and 11% of our total consolidated revenues. At March 31, 2011, accounts receivable from our ten largest customers were approximately 43% of total accounts receivable. Accounts receivable from CVS, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (“Walmart”) and Rite Aid were approximately 13%, 10% and 9% of total accounts receivable. Substantially all of these revenues and accounts receivable are included in our Distribution Solutions segment.

9

McKESSON CORPORATION Suppliers: We obtain pharmaceutical and other products from manufacturers, none of which accounted for more than approximately 7% of our purchases in 2011. The loss of a supplier could adversely affect our business if alternate sources of supply are unavailable. We believe that our relationships with our suppliers on the whole are good. The ten largest suppliers in 2011 accounted for approximately 47% of our purchases. A significant portion of our distribution arrangements with the manufacturers provides us compensation based on a percentage of our purchases. In addition, we have certain distribution arrangements with branded pharmaceutical manufacturers that include an inflation-based compensation component whereby we benefit when the manufacturers increase their prices as we sell our existing inventory at the new higher prices. For these manufacturers, a reduction in the frequency and magnitude of price increases, as well as restrictions in the amount of inventory available to us, could have a material adverse impact on our gross profit margin. Research and Development: Our development expenditures primarily consist of our investment in software held for sale. We spent $471 million, $451 million and $438 million for development activities in 2011, 2010 and 2009 and of these amounts, we capitalized 14%, 17% and 17%. Development expenditures are primarily incurred by our Technology Solutions segment. Our Technology Solutions segment’s product development efforts apply computer technology and installation methodologies to specific information processing needs of hospitals and other customers. We believe that a substantial and sustained commitment to such expenditures is important to the longterm success of this business. Additional information regarding our development activities is included in Financial Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Environmental Regulation: Our operations are subject to regulation under various federal, state, local and foreign laws concerning the environment, including laws addressing the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions and third-party damage or personal injury claims, if in the future we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. We are committed to maintaining compliance with all environmental laws applicable to our operations, products and services and to reducing our environmental impact across all aspects of our business. We meet this commitment through an environmental strategy and sustainability program. We sold our chemical distribution operations in 1987 and retained responsibility for certain environmental obligations. Agreements with the Environmental Protection Agency and certain states may require environmental assessments and cleanups at several closed sites. These matters are described further in Financial Note 17, “Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The liability for environmental remediation and other environmental costs is accrued when the Company considers it probable and can reasonably estimate the costs. Environmental costs and accruals, including that related to our legacy chemical distribution operations, are presently not material to our operations or financial position. Although there is no assurance that existing or future environmental laws applicable to our operations or products will not have a material adverse impact on our operations or financial condition, we do not currently anticipate material capital expenditures for environmental matters. Other than the expected expenditures that may be required in connection with our legacy chemical distribution operations, we do not anticipate making substantial capital expenditures either for environmental issues, or to comply with environmental laws and regulations in the future. The amount of our capital expenditures for environmental compliance was not material in 2011 and is not expected to be material in the next year. Employees: On March 31, 2011, we employed approximately 36,400 persons compared to 32,500 on March 31, 2010 and 2009. Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations: Information as to foreign and domestic operations is included in Financial Notes 1 and 20, “Significant Accounting Policies” and “Segments of Business,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

10

McKESSON CORPORATION Forward-Looking Statements This Annual Report to Stockholders, including the Chairman’s 2011 letter, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of Part II of this report and the “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part I of this report, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Some of these statements can be identified by use of forward-looking words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans” or “estimates,” or the negative of these words, or other comparable terminology. The discussion of financial trends, strategy, plans or intentions may also include forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected, anticipated, or implied. Although it is not possible to predict or identify all such risks and uncertainties, they may include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed in Item 1A of Part I of this report under “Risk Factors.” The reader should not consider the list to be a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. These and other risks and uncertainties are described herein and in other information contained in our publicly available SEC filings and press releases. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forwardlooking statements, which speak only as of the date such statements were first made. Except to the extent required by federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forwardlooking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Item 1A. Risk Factors

The risks described below could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, liquidity and cash flows. Although it is not possible to predict or identify all such risks and uncertainties, they may include, but are not limited to, the factors discussed below. Our business operations could also be affected by additional factors that are not presently known to us or that we currently consider not to be material to our operations. The reader should not consider this list to be a complete statement of all risks and uncertainties. We are subject to legal proceedings that could have a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations. From time-to-time and in the ordinary course of our business, we and certain of our subsidiaries may become involved in various legal proceedings involving antitrust, commercial, employment, environmental, intellectual property, regulatory, tort and other various claims. All such legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable, and the outcome can result in excessive verdicts and/or injunctive relief that may affect how we operate our business or we may enter into settlements of claims for monetary damages. In some cases, substantial non-economic remedies or punitive damages may be sought. For some complaints filed against the Company, we are currently unable to estimate the amount of possible losses that might be incurred should these legal proceedings be resolved against the Company. The outcome of litigation and other legal matters is always uncertain and outcomes that are not justified by the evidence or existing law can occur. The Company believes that it has valid defenses to the legal matters pending against it and is defending itself vigorously. Nevertheless, it is possible that resolution of one or any combination of more than one legal matter could result in a material adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations. For example, we are involved in a number of legal proceedings described in Financial Note 17, “Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements that could have such an impact, including class actions and other legal proceedings alleging that we engaged in illegal conduct that caused average wholesale prices to rise for certain prescription drugs during specified periods. Litigation is costly, time-consuming and disruptive to normal business operations. The defense of these matters could also result in continued diversion of our management’s time and attention away from business operations, which could also harm our business. Even if these matters are not resolved against us, the uncertainty and expense associated with unresolved legal proceedings could harm our business and reputation. For additional information regarding certain of the legal proceedings in which we are involved, see Financial Note 17, “Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

11

McKESSON CORPORATION Changes in the United States healthcare industry and regulatory environment could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Our products and services are primarily intended to function within the structure of the healthcare financing and reimbursement system currently being used in the United States. In recent years, the healthcare industry in the United States has changed significantly in an effort to reduce costs. These changes have included increased use of managed care, cuts in Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement levels, consolidation of pharmaceutical and medicalsurgical supply distributors and the development of large, sophisticated purchasing groups. We expect the healthcare industry in the United States to continue to change and for healthcare delivery models to evolve in the future. Changes in the healthcare industry’s or our pharmaceutical suppliers’ pricing, selling, inventory, distribution or supply policies or practices could significantly reduce our revenues and net income. Due to the diverse range of healthcare supply management and healthcare information technology products and services that we offer, such changes could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, while not affecting some of our competitors who offer a narrower range of products and services. The majority of our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business’ agreements with manufacturers are structured to ensure that we are appropriately and predictably compensated for the services we provide; however, failure to successfully renew these contracts in a timely and favorable manner could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. In addition, branded price inflation can be the partial economic basis of some of our distribution business agreements with pharmaceutical manufacturers. If the frequency or rate of branded price increases slows, it could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. In addition, we also distribute generic pharmaceuticals, which can be subject to both price deflation and price inflation. Healthcare and public policy trends indicate that the number of generic drugs will increase over the next few years as a result of the expiration of certain drug patents. In recent years, our financial results have improved from our generic drug offerings. An increase or a decrease in the availability or changes in pricing trends or reimbursement of these generic drugs could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Generic drug manufacturers are increasingly challenging the validity or enforceability of patents on branded pharmaceutical products. During the pendency of these legal challenges, a generics manufacturer may begin manufacturing and selling a generic version of the branded product prior to the final resolution to its legal challenge over the branded product’s patent. To the extent we source and distribute such generic products launched “at risk,” the brand-name company could assert infringement claims against us. While we generally obtain indemnification against such claims from generic manufacturers as a condition of distributing their products, there can be no assurances that these rights will be adequate or sufficient to protect us. In recent years, the pharmaceutical suppliers have been subject to increasing consolidation. As a result, a small number of very large companies control a significant share of the market. Accordingly, we depend on fewer suppliers for our products and therefore we may be less able to negotiate price terms with suppliers. Many healthcare organizations also have consolidated to create larger healthcare enterprises with greater market power. If this consolidation trend continues, it could reduce the size of our target market and give the resulting enterprises greater bargaining power, which may lead to erosion of the prices for our products and services. In addition, when healthcare organizations combine they often consolidate infrastructure including IT systems, which in turn may erode our customer and revenue base. The healthcare industry is highly regulated, and further regulation of our distribution businesses and computerrelated products and services could impose increased costs, negatively impact our profit margins and the profit margins of our customers, delay the introduction or implementation of our new products, or otherwise negatively impact our business and expose the Company to litigation and regulatory investigations.

12

McKESSON CORPORATION Healthcare Fraud: We are subject to extensive and frequently changing local, state and federal laws and regulations relating to healthcare fraud, and the federal government continues to strengthen its position and scrutiny over practices involving fraud affecting Medicare, Medicaid and other government healthcare programs. Our relationships with pharmaceutical and medical-surgical product manufacturers and healthcare providers, as well as our provision of products and services to government entities, subject our business to laws and regulations on fraud and abuse, which among other things (1) prohibit persons from soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration in order to induce the referral of a patient for treatment or for inducing the ordering or purchasing of items or services that are in any way paid for by Medicare, Medicaid or other government-sponsored healthcare programs, (2) impose a number of restrictions upon referring physicians and providers of designated health services under Medicare and Medicaid programs, and (3) prohibit the knowing submission of a false or fraudulent claim for payment to a federal health care program such as Medicare and Medicaid. Many of the regulations applicable to us, including those relating to marketing incentives, are vague or indefinite and have not been interpreted by the courts. They may be interpreted or applied by a prosecutorial, regulatory, or judicial authority in a manner that could require us to make changes in our operations. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer civil and criminal penalties, including the loss of licenses or our ability to participate in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs. Reimbursements: Both our profit margins and the profit margins of our customers may be adversely affected by laws and regulations reducing reimbursement rates for pharmaceuticals, medical treatments and related services, or changing the methodology by which reimbursement levels are determined. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively the “Affordable Care Act”), signed into law in 2010, revised the federal upper limits for Medicaid reimbursement for multiple source generic drugs available for purchase by retail community pharmacies on a nationwide basis to a limit of not less than 175% of the weighted average (determined on the basis of utilization) of the most recently reported monthly average manufacturer price (“AMP”) using a smoothing process. In addition, Medicare, Medicaid and the State Children’s Health Insurance Program (“SCHIP”) Extension Act of 2007 requires the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) to adjust the calculation of the Medicare Part B drug average sales price (“ASP”) to an actual sales volume basis. We expect that the use of an AMP benchmark and the revised ASP calculations would result in a reduction in the Medicaid reimbursement rates to our customers for certain generic pharmaceuticals, which could indirectly impact the prices that we can charge our customers and cause corresponding declines in our profitability. There can be no assurance that these changes would not have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Operating, Security and Licensure Standards: We are subject to the operating and security standards of the Drug Enforcement Administration (the “DEA”), the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”), the CMS and other comparable agencies. Certain of our businesses may be required to register for permits and/or licenses with, and comply with operating and security standards of the DEA, FDA, HHS, CMS, various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments and/or comparable state agencies as well as foreign agencies and certain accrediting bodies, depending upon the type of operations and location of product distribution, manufacturing and sale. As part of these operating, security and licensure standards, we regularly receive requests for information and occasionally subpoenas from government authorities. Although we believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with applicable laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that a regulatory agency or tribunal would not reach a different conclusion concerning the compliance of our operations with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or renew existing permits, licenses or any other regulatory approvals or obtain without significant delay future permits, licenses or other approvals needed for the operation of our businesses. Any noncompliance by us with applicable laws and regulations or the failure to maintain, renew or obtain necessary permits and licenses could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Pedigree Tracking: There have been increasing efforts by various levels of government agencies, including state boards of pharmacy and comparable government agencies, to regulate the pharmaceutical distribution system in order to prevent the introduction of counterfeit, adulterated and/or mislabeled drugs into the pharmaceutical distribution system (“pedigree tracking”). Certain states have adopted or are considering laws and regulations that are intended to protect the integrity of the pharmaceutical distribution system, while other government agencies are currently evaluating their recommendations. For example, Florida has adopted pedigree tracking requirements and California has enacted a law requiring chain of custody technology using radio frequency tagging and electronic pedigrees, which will be effective for us in July 2016.

13

McKESSON CORPORATION Final regulations under the federal Prescription Drug Marketing Act requiring pedigree and chain of custody tracking in certain circumstances became effective December 1, 2006. This latter regulation has been challenged in a case brought by secondary distributors. A preliminary injunction was issued by the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York that temporarily enjoined implementation of this regulation. This injunction was affirmed by the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit in July 2008. In December 2008, both parties agreed to delay this litigation, pending the outcome of certain U.S. congressional legislative initiatives. In addition, the Food and Drug Administration Amendments Act of 2007 (“FDAA”), which went into effect on October 1, 2007, requires the FDA to establish standards and identify and validate effective technologies for the purpose of securing the pharmaceutical supply chain against counterfeit drugs. These standards may include any track-and-trace or authentication technologies, such as radio frequency identification devices and other similar technologies. On March 26, 2010, the FDA released the Serialized Numerical Identifier (“SNI”) guidance for manufacturers who serialize pharmaceutical packaging. We expect to be able to accommodate these SNI regulations in our distribution operations. Nonetheless, these pedigree tracking laws and regulations could increase the overall regulatory burden and costs associated with our pharmaceutical distribution business, and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Privacy: State, federal and foreign laws regulate the confidentiality of sensitive personal information, how that information may be used, and the circumstances under which such information may be released. These regulations govern the disclosure and use of confidential personal and patient medical record information and require the users of such information to implement specified privacy and security measures. Regulations currently in place, including regulations governing electronic health data transmissions, continue to evolve and are often unclear and difficult to apply. Although our policies, procedures and systems are being updated and modified to comply with the current requirements of applicable state and foreign laws, including the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (“HITECH”) Act portion of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (“ARRA”) of 2009, evolving laws and regulations in this area could restrict the ability of our customers to obtain, use or disseminate patient information, or it could require us to incur significant additional costs to re-design our products in a timely manner, either of which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. In addition, the HITECH Act expanded HIPAA privacy and security requirements and increased financial penalties for violations. It also extended certain provisions of the federal privacy and security standards to us in our capacity as a business associate of our payer and provider customers. These standards may be interpreted by a regulatory authority in a manner that could require us to make a material change to our operations. Furthermore, failure to maintain confidentiality of sensitive personal information in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements could expose us to breach of contract claims, fines and penalties, costs for remediation and harm to our reputation. Health Care Reform: The Affordable Care Act significantly expanded health insurance coverage to uninsured Americans and changed the way health care is financed by both governmental and private payers. Further federal and state proposals for healthcare reform are likely. While we do not currently anticipate that the Affordable Care Act will have a material impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations, given the scope of the changes made and the uncertainties associated with the its implementation, we cannot predict its full impact on the Company at this time. Interoperability Standards: There is increasing demand among customers, industry groups and government authorities that healthcare software and systems provided by various vendors be compatible with each other. This need for interoperability is leading to the development of standards by various groups, and certain federal and state agencies are also developing standards that could become mandatory for systems purchased by these agencies. For example, the HITECH Act requires meaningful use of “certified” healthcare information technology products by healthcare providers in order to receive stimulus funds from the federal government. Effective September 27, 2010, CMS issued a rule that utilizes a staged approach for defining meaningful use criteria. In “Stage 1,” CMS defined the initial criteria for meaningful use, and has stated that it intends to update these initial criteria with additional “Stage 2” criteria by the end of calendar 2011, and with additional “Stage 3” criteria by the end of calendar 2013. We may incur increased development costs and delays in upgrading our customer software and systems to be in compliance with these varying and evolving standards. In addition, these new standards may lengthen our sales and implementation cycle and we may incur costs in periods prior to the corresponding recognition of revenue. To the extent these standards are narrowly construed or delayed in publication, or that we are delayed in achieving certification under these evolving standards for applicable products, our customers may postpone or cancel their decisions to purchase or implement our software and systems.

14

McKESSON CORPORATION FDA Regulation of Computer Products. The FDA has increasingly focused on the regulation of computer products and computer-assisted products as medical devices under the federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. For example, effective April 18, 2011, the FDA issued a new rule regulating certain computer data systems as medical devices. If the FDA chooses to regulate any of our products as medical devices, it can impose extensive requirements upon us. If we fail to comply with the applicable requirements, the FDA could respond by imposing fines, injunctions or civil penalties, requiring recalls or product corrections, suspending production, refusing to grant pre-market clearance of products, withdrawing clearances and initiating criminal prosecution. Any additional FDA regulations governing computer products, once issued, may increase the cost and time to market new or existing products or may prevent us from marketing our products. Standards for Submission of Health Care Claims: HHS has adopted two new rules that impact healthcare claims submitted for reimbursement. In the first rule, effective January 1, 2012, HHS has modified the standards for electronic health care transactions (e.g., eligibility, claims submission and payment and electronic remittance) from Version 4010/4010A to Version 5010. In the second rule, effective October 1, 2013, HHS has updated and expanded the standard medical code sets for diagnosis and procedure coding from International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision (“ICD-9”) to International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision (“ICD-10”). Updating systems to Version 5010 is required for use of the ICD-10 code set. Generally, claims submitted not using Version 5010 and ICD-10 when required will not be processed, and health plans not accepting transactions using Version 5010 and ICD-10 may experience significant increases in customer service inquiries. We may incur increased development costs and delays in delivering solutions and upgrading our software and systems to be in compliance with these new standards. In addition, these standards may lengthen our sales and implementation cycle and we may incur costs in periods prior to the corresponding recognition of revenue. Delays in providing software and systems that are in compliance with the new standards may result in postponement or cancellation of our customers’ decisions to purchase our software and systems. Claims Transmissions: Medical billing and collection activities are governed by numerous federal and state civil and criminal laws that pertain to companies that provide billing and collection services, or that provide consulting services in connection with billing and collection activities. In connection with these laws, we may be subjected to federal or state government investigations and possible penalties may be imposed upon us, false claims actions may have to be defended, private payers may file claims against us and we may be excluded from Medicare, Medicaid or other government-funded healthcare programs. Any such proceeding or investigation could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Changes in the Canadian healthcare industry and regulatory environment could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. The provincial governments in Canada provide partial funding for the purchase of pharmaceuticals and independently regulate the sale and reimbursement of drugs. Similar to the United States, the Canadian healthcare industry has undergone significant changes in recent years in an effort to reduce program costs. For example, in 2006 the Ontario government significantly revised the drug reimbursement system with the passage of the Transparent Drug System for Patients Act. In recent years, to reduce the cost for taxpayers, various provinces took further steps to reform the rules regarding the sale of generic drugs. These changes include the significant lowering of prices for generic pharmaceuticals and, in some provinces, the elimination or reduction of professional allowances paid to pharmacists by generic manufacturers. These reforms may adversely affect the distribution of drugs as well as the pricing for prescription drugs for the Company’s operations in Canada. Other provinces are considering similar changes, which would also lower pharmaceutical pricing and service fees. Individually or in combination, such changes in the Canadian healthcare environment may significantly reduce our Canadian revenue and operating profit.

15

McKESSON CORPORATION Competition may erode our profit. In every area of healthcare distribution operations, our Distribution Solutions segment faces strong competition, both in price and service, from national, regional and local full-line, short-line and specialty wholesalers, service merchandisers, self-warehousing chains, manufacturers engaged in direct distribution, third-party logistics companies and large payer organizations. In addition, this segment faces competition from various other service providers and from pharmaceutical and other healthcare manufacturers as well as other potential customers of the segment, which may from time-to-time decide to develop, for their own internal needs, supply management capabilities that would otherwise be provided by the segment. Price, quality of service, and in some cases, convenience to the customer are generally the principal competitive elements in this segment. Our Technology Solutions segment experiences substantial competition from many firms, including other software services firms, consulting firms, shared service vendors, certain hospitals and hospital groups, payers, care management organizations, hardware vendors and internet-based companies with technology applicable to the healthcare industry. Competition varies in size from small to large companies, in geographical coverage and in scope and breadth of products and services offered. These competitive pressures could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. A material reduction in purchases or the loss of a large customer or group purchasing organization, as well as substantial defaults in payment by a large customer or group purchasing organization, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. In recent years, a significant portion of our revenue growth has been with a limited number of large customers. During 2011, sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 51% of our total consolidated revenues. Sales to our two largest customers, CVS and Rite Aid, accounted for approximately 14% and 11% of our total consolidated revenues. At March 31, 2011, accounts receivable from our ten largest customers were approximately 43% of total accounts receivable. Accounts receivable from CVS, Walmart and Rite Aid were approximately 13%, 10% and 9% of total accounts receivable. As a result, our sales and credit concentration is significant. We also have agreements with group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”), each of which functions as a purchasing agent on behalf of member hospitals, pharmacies and other healthcare providers, as well as with government entities and agencies. A material default in payment, change in our customer mix, reduction in purchases, or the loss of a large customer or GPO could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. We generally sell our products and services to customers on credit that is short-term in nature and unsecured. Any adverse change in general economic conditions can adversely reduce sales to our customers, affect consumer buying practices or cause our customers to delay or be unable to pay accounts receivable owed to us, which may in turn materially reduce our revenue growth and cause a material decrease in our profitability and cash flow. Further, interest rate fluctuations and changes in capital market conditions may also affect our customers’ ability to obtain credit to finance their business under acceptable terms, which in turn may materially reduce our revenue growth and cause a decrease in our profitability. Contracts with the U.S. federal government and other governments and their agencies pose additional risks relating to future funding and compliance. Contracts with the U.S. federal government and other governments and their agencies are subject to various uncertainties, restrictions and regulations, including oversight audits by various government authorities and profit and cost controls. Government contracts also are exposed to uncertainties associated with funding. Contracts with the U.S. federal government, for example, are subject to the uncertainties of Congressional funding. Governments are typically under no obligation to maintain funding at any specific level, and funds for government programs may even be eliminated. As a result, our government clients may terminate our contracts for convenience or decide not to renew our contracts with little or no prior notice. The loss of such contracts could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

16

McKESSON CORPORATION In addition, since government contracts are subject to specific procurement regulations and a variety of other socio-economic requirements, we must comply with such requirements. For example, for contracts with the U.S. federal government, we must comply with the Federal Acquisition Regulation, the Truth in Negotiations Act, and the Cost Accounting Standards. We must also comply with various other government regulations and requirements as well as various statutes related to employment practices, environmental protection, recordkeeping and accounting. These regulations and requirements affect how we transact business with our clients and, in some instances, impose additional costs on our business operations. Government contracts also contain terms that expose us to higher levels of risk and potential liability than non-government contracts. We also are subject to government audits, investigations, and proceedings. For example, government agencies routinely review and audit government contractors to determine whether allowable costs are in accordance with applicable government regulations. These audits can result in adjustments to the amount of contract costs we believe are reimbursable by the agencies and the amount of our overhead costs allocated to the agencies. If we violate these rules or regulations, fail to comply with a contractual or other requirement or do not satisfy an audit, a variety of penalties can be imposed by the government including monetary damages and criminal and civil penalties. In addition, any or all of our government contracts could be terminated, we could be suspended or debarred from all government contract work, or payment of our costs could be disallowed. The occurrence of any of these actions could harm our reputation and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Our future results could be materially affected by a number of public health issues whether occurring in the United States or abroad. Public health issues, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, could disrupt our operations, disrupt the operations of suppliers or customers, or have a broader adverse impact on consumer spending and confidence levels that would negatively affect our suppliers and customers. We have developed contingency plans to address infectious disease scenarios and the potential impact on our operations, and we will continue to update these plans as necessary. However, there can be no assurance that these plans will be effective in eliminating the negative impact of any such diseases on the Company’s operating results. We may be required to suspend operations in some or all of our locations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our Distribution Solutions segment is dependent upon sophisticated information systems. The implementation delay, malfunction, or failure of these systems for any extended period of time could have a material adverse impact on our business. We rely on sophisticated information systems in our business to obtain, rapidly process, analyze and manage data to (1) facilitate the purchase and distribution of thousands of inventory items from numerous distribution centers, (2) receive, process and ship orders and handle other product and services on a timely basis, (3) manage the accurate billing and collections for thousands of customers, and (4) process payments to suppliers. If these systems are interrupted, damaged by an unforeseen event or actions of a third party, or fail for any extended period of time, we could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. We could experience losses or liability not covered by insurance. In order to provide prompt and complete service to our major Distribution Solutions segment’s customers, we maintain significant product inventory at certain of our distribution centers. While we seek to maintain property insurance coverage in amounts sufficient for our business, there can be no assurance that our property insurance will be adequate or available on acceptable terms. One or more large casualty losses caused by fire, earthquake or other natural disaster in excess of our coverage limits could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

17

McKESSON CORPORATION Our business exposes us to risks that are inherent in the distribution, manufacturing, dispensing of pharmaceuticals and medical-surgical supplies, the provision of ancillary services, the conduct of our payer businesses (which include disease management programs and our nurse triage services) and the provision of products that assist clinical decision-making and relate to patient medical histories and treatment plans. If customers assert liability claims against our products and/or services, any ensuing litigation, regardless of outcome, could result in a substantial cost to us, divert management’s attention from operations and decrease market acceptance of our products. We attempt to limit our liability to customers by contract; however, the limitations of liability set forth in the contracts may not be enforceable or may not otherwise protect us from liability for damages. Additionally, we may be subject to claims that are not explicitly covered by contract, such as a claim directly by a patient. We also maintain general liability coverage; however, this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms, may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims against us and may include larger selfinsured retentions or exclusions for certain products. In addition, the insurer might disclaim coverage as to any future claim. A successful product or professional liability claim not fully covered by our insurance could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. The failure of our healthcare technology businesses to attract and retain customers due to challenges in software product integration or to keep pace with technological advances may significantly reduce our results of operations. Our healthcare technology businesses, the bulk of which resides in our Technology Solutions segment, deliver enterprise-wide clinical, patient care, financial, supply chain, strategic management software solutions and pharmacy automation to hospitals, physicians, homecare providers, retail and mail order pharmacies and payers. Challenges integrating software products could impair our ability to attract and retain customers, and it could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated results of operations and a disproportionate impact on the results of operations of our Technology Solutions segment. Future advances in the healthcare information systems industry could lead to new technologies, products or services that are competitive with the technology products and services offered by our various businesses. Such technological advances could also lower the cost of such products and services or otherwise result in competitive pricing pressure or render our products obsolete. The success of our technology businesses will depend, in part, on our ability to be responsive to technological developments, pricing pressures and changing business models. To remain competitive in the evolving healthcare information systems marketplace, our technology businesses must also develop new products on a timely basis. The failure to develop competitive products and to introduce new products on a timely basis could curtail the ability of our technology businesses to attract and retain customers, and thereby it could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Proprietary technology protections may not be adequate and products may be found to infringe the rights of third parties. We rely on a combination of trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark laws, nondisclosure and other contractual provisions and technical measures to protect our proprietary rights in our products and solutions. There can be no assurance that these protections will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are equivalent or superior to our technology. In addition, despite protective measures, we may be subject to unauthorized use of our technology due to copying, reverse-engineering or other infringement. Although we believe that our products do not infringe the proprietary rights of third parties, from time-to-time third parties have asserted infringement claims against us and there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us in the future. If we were found to be infringing others’ rights, we may be required to pay substantial damage awards and forced to develop non-infringing products or technology, obtain a license or cease selling the products that contain the infringing technology. Additionally, we may find it necessary to initiate litigation to protect our trade secrets, to enforce our patent, copyright and trademark rights and to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. These types of litigation can be costly and time consuming. These litigation expenses, damage payments or costs of developing replacement products or technology could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

18

McKESSON CORPORATION System errors or failures of our products to conform to specifications could cause unforeseen liabilities or injury, harm our reputation and have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. The software and software systems (“systems”) that we sell or operate are very complex. As with complex systems offered by others, our systems may contain errors, especially when first introduced. For example, our Technology Solutions segment’s business systems are intended to provide information for healthcare providers in providing patient care. Therefore, users of our systems have a greater sensitivity to errors than the general market for software products. If our software or systems lead to faulty clinical decisions or injury to patients, we could be subject to claims or litigation by our clients, clinicians or patients. In addition, such failures could damage our reputation and could negatively affect future sales. Failure of a client’s system to perform in accordance with our documentation could constitute a breach of warranty and could require us to incur additional expense in order to make the system comply with the documentation. If such failure is not remedied in a timely manner, it could constitute a material breach under a contract, allowing the client to cancel the contract, obtain refunds of amounts previously paid or assert claims for significant damages. Various risks could interrupt customers’ access to their data residing in our service center, exposing us to significant costs. We provide remote hosting services that involve operating both our software and the software of third-party vendors for our customers. The ability to access the systems and the data that we host and support on demand is critical to our customers. Our operations and facilities are vulnerable to interruption and/or damage from a number of sources, many of which are beyond our control, including, without limitation (1) power loss and telecommunications failures, (2) fire, flood, hurricane and other natural disasters, (3) software and hardware errors, failures or crashes, and (4) computer viruses, hacking and similar disruptive problems. We attempt to mitigate these risks through various means including disaster recovery plans, separate test systems and change control and system security measures, but our precautions may not protect against all problems. If customers’ access is interrupted because of problems in the operation of our facilities, we could be exposed to significant claims, particularly if the access interruption is associated with problems in the timely delivery of medical care. We must maintain disaster recovery and business continuity plans that rely upon third-party providers of related services and if those vendors fail us at a time that our center is not operating correctly, we could incur a loss of revenue and liability for failure to fulfill our contractual service commitments. Any significant instances of system downtime could negatively affect our reputation and ability to sell our remote hosting services. The length of our sales and implementation cycles for our Technology Solutions segment could have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations. Many of the solutions offered by our Technology Solutions segment have long sales and implementation cycles, which could range from a few months to two years or more from initial contact with the customer to completion of implementation. How and when to implement, replace, or expand an information system, or modify or add business processes, are major decisions for healthcare organizations. Many of the solutions we provide typically require significant capital expenditures and time commitments by the customer. Any decision by our customers to delay or cancel implementation could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Furthermore, delays or failures to meet milestones established in our agreements may result in a breach of contract, termination of the agreement, damages and/or penalties as well as a reduction in our margins or a delay in our ability to recognize revenue.

19

McKESSON CORPORATION We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings if our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired. We are required under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) to test our goodwill for impairment, annually or more frequently if indicators for potential impairment exist. Indicators that are considered include significant changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry, or economic trends or a significant decline in the Company’s stock price and/or market capitalization for a sustained period of time. In addition, we periodically review our intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our intangible assets may not be recoverable include slower growth rates and the loss of a significant customer. We may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our consolidated financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets is determined. This could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. There are inherent uncertainties in management’s estimates, judgments and assumptions used in assessing recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets. Any changes in key assumptions, including failure to meet business plans, a further deterioration in the market or other unanticipated events and circumstances, may affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates and could potentially result in an impairment charge. Our foreign operations may subject us to a number of operating, economic, political and regulatory risks that may have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We have operations based in foreign countries, including Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, other European countries and Israel and we have a large investment in Mexico. In the future, we look to continue to grow our foreign operations both organically and through acquisitions and investments; however, increasing our foreign operations carries additional risks. Operations outside of the United States may be affected by changes in trade protection laws, policies, measures and other regulatory requirements affecting trade and investment; unexpected changes in regulatory requirements for software, social, political, labor or economic conditions in a specific country or region; import/export regulations in both the United States and foreign countries and difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations. Political changes and natural disasters, some of which may be disruptive, can interfere with our supply chain, our customers and all of our activities in a particular location. Additionally, foreign operations expose us to foreign currency fluctuations that could adversely impact our results of operations based on the movements of the applicable foreign currency exchange rates in relation to the U.S. dollar. Foreign operations are also subject to risks of violations of laws prohibiting improper payments and bribery, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar regulations in foreign jurisdictions. Failure to comply with these laws could subject us to civil and criminal penalties that could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We also may experience difficulties and delays inherent in sourcing products and contract manufacturing from foreign countries, including but not limited to (1) difficulties in complying with the requirements of applicable federal, state and local governmental authorities in the United States and of foreign regulatory authorities, (2) inability to increase production capacity commensurate with demand or the failure to predict market demand (3) other manufacturing or distribution problems including changes in types of products produced, limits to manufacturing capacity due to regulatory requirements or physical limitations that could impact continuous supply, and (4) damage to our reputation due to real or perceived quality issues. Manufacturing difficulties could result in production shutdowns, product shortages and other similar delays in product manufacturing that could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

20

McKESSON CORPORATION Tax legislation initiatives or challenges to our tax positions could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. We are a large multinational corporation with operations in the United States and international jurisdictions. As such, we are subject to the tax laws and regulations of the United States federal, state and local governments and of many international jurisdictions. From time-to-time, various legislative initiatives may be proposed that could adversely affect our tax positions. There can be no assurance that our effective tax rate will not be adversely affected by these initiatives. In addition, United States federal, state and local, as well as international, tax laws and regulations are extremely complex and subject to varying interpretations. Although we believe that our historical tax positions are sound and consistent with applicable laws, regulations and existing precedent, there can be no assurance that these tax positions will not be challenged by relevant tax authorities or that we would be successful in any such challenge. Our business could be hindered if we are unable to complete and integrate acquisitions successfully. An element of our strategy is to identify, pursue and consummate acquisitions that either expand or complement our business. Since 2008, we have completed approximately $3 billion of business acquisitions. Integration of acquisitions involves a number of significant risks, including the diversion of management’s attention to the assimilation of the operations of businesses we have acquired; difficulties in the integration of operations and systems; the realization of potential operating synergies; the assimilation and retention of the personnel of the acquired companies; accounting, regulatory or compliance issues that could arise, including internal control over financial reporting; challenges in retaining the customers, including physician affiliates, of the combined businesses. Further, acquisitions may have a material adverse impact on our operating results if unanticipated expenses or charges to earnings were to occur, including unanticipated depreciation and amortization expenses over the useful lives of certain assets acquired, as well as costs related to potential impairment charges, assumed litigation and unknown liabilities. In addition, we may potentially require additional financing in order to fund future acquisitions, which may or may not be attainable and is subject to potential volatility in the credit markets. If we are unable to successfully complete and integrate strategic acquisitions in a timely manner, our business and our growth strategies could be negatively affected. Volatility and disruption to the global capital and credit markets may adversely affect our ability to access credit, our cost of credit and the financial soundness of our customers and suppliers. Volatility and disruption in the global capital and credit markets, including the bankruptcy or restructuring of certain financial institutions, reduced lending activity by other financial institutions, decreased liquidity and increased costs in the commercial paper market and the reduced market for securitizations, may adversely affect the availability and cost of credit already arranged and the availability, terms and cost of credit in the future, including any arrangements to renew or replace our current credit or financing arrangements. Although we believe that our operating cash flow, financial assets, current access to capital and credit markets, including our existing credit and sales facilities, will give us the ability to meet our financing needs for the foreseeable future, there can be no assurance that continued or increased volatility and disruption in the global capital and credit markets will not impair our liquidity or increase our costs of borrowing. Our $1.35 billion accounts receivable sales facility is generally renewed annually and will expire in May 2011. Although we did not use this facility in 2010 or 2011, we have historically used it to fund working capital requirements, as needed. We anticipate renewing this facility before its expiration. Although we believe we will be able to renew this facility, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so.

21

McKESSON CORPORATION Our business could also be negatively impacted if our customers or suppliers experience disruptions resulting from tighter capital and credit markets or a slowdown in the general economy. As a result, customers may modify, delay or cancel plans to purchase or implement our products or services and suppliers may increase their prices, reduce their output or change their terms of sale. Additionally, if customers’ or suppliers’ operating and financial performance deteriorates or if they are unable to make scheduled payments or obtain credit, customers may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of accounts receivable owed to us and suppliers may restrict credit, impose different payment terms or be unable to make payments due to us for fees, returned products or incentives. Any inability of customers to pay us for our products and services or any demands by suppliers for different payment terms may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flow. Changes in accounting standards issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or other standard-setting bodies may adversely affect our financial statements. Our financial statements are subject to the application of U.S. GAAP, which is periodically revised and/or expanded. Accordingly, from time-to-time we are required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by recognized authoritative bodies, including the FASB and the SEC. It is possible that future accounting standards we are required to adopt could change the current accounting treatment that we apply to our consolidated financial statements and that such changes could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable. Item 2. Properties

Because of the nature of our principal businesses, our plant, warehousing, office and other facilities are operated in widely dispersed locations, mostly throughout the U.S. and Canada. The warehouses are typically owned or leased on a long-term basis. We consider our operating properties to be in satisfactory condition and adequate to meet our needs for the next several years without making capital expenditures materially higher than historical levels. Information as to material lease commitments is included in Financial Note 15, “Lease Obligations,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Certain legal proceedings in which we are involved are discussed in Financial Note 17, “Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Item 4. Reserved

Not applicable.

22

McKESSON CORPORATION Executive Officers of the Registrant The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers of the Company, including their principal occupations during the past five years. The number of years of service with the Company includes service with predecessor companies. There are no family relationships between any of the executive officers or directors of the Company. The executive officers are elected on an annual basis generally and their term expires at the first meeting of the Board of Directors (“Board”) following the annual meeting of stockholders, or until their successors are elected and have qualified, or until death, resignation or removal, whichever is sooner.
Name Age Position with Registrant and Business Experience

John H. Hammergren............

52

Chairman of the Board since July 2002; President and Chief Executive Officer since April 2001; and a director since July 1999. Service with the Company – 15 years. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2004; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from December 2003 to April 2004. Service with the Company – 7 years. Executive Vice President and Group President since June 2009; President of McKesson Specialty Care Solutions from April 2006 to June 2009; President of Customer Operations for McKesson U.S. Pharmaceutical from October 2000 to April 2006. Service with the Company – 15 years. Executive Vice President, Human Resources since May 2008; Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Dow Jones, Inc. from February 2007 to January 2008; President, International, Liz Claiborne Inc. from October 1984 to May 2006. Service with the Company – 3 years. Executive Vice President and Group President since April 2004; Senior Vice President from August 1999 to April 2004. Service with the Company – 15 years. Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Business Development since April 2004; Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Business Development from September 2001 to April 2004. Service with the Company – 10 years. Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer since April 2010 (functionally has served as chief compliance officer since March 2006); Executive Vice President and General Counsel from July 2009 to April 2010; Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from March 2006 to July 2009; Vice President and General Counsel of McKesson Provider Technologies from February 2000 to March 2006. Service with the Company – 11 years. Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer since April 2009; Executive Vice President, Chief Information Officer from July 2005 to April 2009; Senior Vice President, Chief Process Officer, McKesson Provider Technologies from April 2003 to July 2005. Service with the Company – 25 years.

Jeffrey C. Campbell ..............

50

Patrick J. Blake .....................

47

Jorge L. Figueredo ................

50

Paul C. Julian ........................

55

Marc E. Owen.......................

51

Laureen E. Seeger .................

49

Randall N. Spratt ..................

59

23

McKESSON CORPORATION PART II Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(a) Market Information: The principal market on which the Company’s common stock is traded is the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on NYSE for each quarterly period of the two most recently completed fiscal years:
High 2011 Low High 2010 Low

First quarter ....................................................................... Second quarter ................................................................... Third quarter ...................................................................... Fourth quarter ....................................................................

$71.49 $69.48 $71.09 $81.00

$62.94 $57.81 $59.54 $70.44

$45.27 $59.95 $64.98 $66.98

$33.13 $42.61 $55.82 $57.23

(b) Holders: The number of record holders of the Company’s common stock at March 31, 2011 was approximately 8,150. (c) Dividends: In May 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved a change in the Company’s dividend policy by increasing the amount of the Company’s quarterly dividend from $0.12 to $0.18 per share, applicable to ensuing quarterly dividend declarations. We declared regular cash dividends of $0.72 per share (or $0.18 per share per quarter) in the year ended March 31, 2011 and $0.48 per share (or $0.12 per share per quarter) in the year ended March 31, 2010. In April 2011, the Board approved an increase in the quarterly dividend from $0.18 to $0.20 per share, applicable to ensuing quarterly dividend declarations. The Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future. However, the payment and amount of future dividends remain within the discretion of the Board and will depend upon the Company’s future earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. (d) Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans: Information relating to this item is provided under Part III, Item 12, to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. (e) Share Repurchase Plans: The following table provides information on the Company’s share repurchases during the fourth quarter of 2011:
Share Repurchases (1) Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Total Announced Number of Shares Average Price Paid Programs Purchased per Share Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Programs

(In millions, except price per share)

January 1, 2011 – January 31, 2011 February 1, 2011 – February 28, 2011 March 1, 2011 – March 31, 2011 Total

— — 6 6

$

— — 79.34 79.34

— — 6 6

$

1,000 1,000 500 500

(1) This table does not include shares tendered to satisfy the exercise price in connection with cashless exercises of employee stock options or shares tendered to satisfy tax-withholding obligations in connection with employee equity awards.

24

McKESSON CORPORATION In October 2010, the Board approved a plan to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock of which $500 million remained available for future repurchases as of March 31, 2011. In March 2011, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) program with a third party financial institution to repurchase $275 million of the Company’s common stock. The program was funded with cash on hand. As of March 31, 2011, we had received 3.1 million shares representing the minimum number of shares due under the program. The ASR program was completed on May 2, 2011 and we received 0.4 million additional shares on May 5, 2011. The total number of shares repurchased under the ASR program was 3.5 million shares at an average price per share of $79.65. In addition, we repurchased 2.8 million shares for $225 million during the fourth quarter of 2011 through regular open market transactions at an average price per share of $79.00. In April 2011, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock. Stock repurchases may be made from time-to-time in open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, through accelerated share repurchase programs, or by any combination of such methods. The timing of any repurchases and the actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including our stock price, corporate and regulatory requirements, restrictions under our debt obligations and other market and economic conditions.

25

McKESSON CORPORATION (f) Stock Price Performance Graph*: The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s common stock for the periods indicated with the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the Value Line Healthcare Sector Index (composed of 162 companies in the health care industry, including the Company).
$180.00
McKesson Corporation

$160.00 $140.00 $120.00 $100.00 $80.00 $60.00 $40.00 $20.00 $0.00

S&P 500 Index Value Line Healthcare Sector Index

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

McKesson Corporation S&P 500 Index Value Line Healthcare Sector Index


2006 $ $ $ 100.00 100.00 100.00 $ $ $

2007 112.83 111.83 105.72 $ $ $

2008

March 31, $ $ $

2009 68.52 65.72 76.75 $ $ $

2010 129.66 98.43 106.21 $ $ $

2011 157.65 113.83 126.05

101.33 106.15 100.47

Assumes $100 invested in McKesson’s common stock and in each index on March 31, 2006 and that all dividends are reinvested.

26

McKESSON CORPORATION Item 6. Selected Financial Data FIVE-YEAR HIGHLIGHTS
As of and for the Years Ended March 31,
(In millions, except per share data and ratios)

Operating Results Revenues Percent change Gross profit Income from continuing operations before income taxes Income after income taxes Continuing operations Discontinued operations Net income Financial Position Working capital Days sales outstanding for: (1) Customer receivables Inventories Drafts and accounts payable Total assets Total debt, including capital lease obligations Stockholders’ equity Property acquisitions Acquisitions of businesses, net Common Share Information Common shares outstanding at year-end Shares on which earnings per common share were based Diluted Basic Diluted earnings per common share (2) Continuing operations Discontinued operations Total Cash dividends declared Cash dividends declared per common share Book value per common share (2) (3) Market value per common share – year end Supplemental Data Capital employed (4) Debt to capital ratio (5) Net debt to net capital employed (6) Average stockholders’ equity (7) Return on stockholders’ equity (8)

2011 $ 112,084 3.1% 5,970 1,635 1,130 72 1,202 3,631 25 31 47 30,886 4,004 7,220 233 292 252 263 258 $ 4.29 0.28 4.57 188 0.72 28.65 79.05 11,224 35.7% 5.1% 7,105 16.9% $

2010 $ 108,702 1.9% 5,676 1,864 1,263 — 1,263 4,492 25 34 48 28,189 2,297 7,532 199 18 271 273 269 4.62 — 4.62 131 0.48 27.79 65.72 9,829 23.4% (23.5)% 6,768 18.7% $

2009 $ 106,632 4.8% 5,378 1,064 823 — 823 3,065 24 31 43 25,267 2,512 6,193 195 358 271 279 275 2.95 — 2.95 134 0.48 22.87 35.04 8,705 28.9% 6.1% 6,214 13.2% $

2008 $ 101,703 9.4% 5,009 1,457 989 1 990 2,438 22 33 44 24,603 1,797 6,121 195 610 277 298 291 3.32 — 3.32 70 0.24 22.10 52.37 7,918 22.7% 6.6% 6,344 15.6% $ $

2007 92,977 6.9% 4,332 1,297 968 (55) 913 2,730 21 32 43 23,943 1,958 6,273 126 1,938 295 305 298 3.17 (0.18) 2.99 72 0.24 21.26 58.54 8,231 23.8% 0.1% 6,022 15.2%

Footnotes to Five-Year Highlights: (1) Based on year-end balances and sales or cost of sales for the last 90 days of the year. (2) Certain computations may reflect rounding adjustments. (3) Represents stockholders’ equity divided by year-end common shares outstanding. (4) Consists of total debt and stockholders’ equity. (5) Ratio is computed as total debt divided by capital employed. (6) Ratio is computed as total debt, net of cash and cash equivalents (“net debt”), divided by net debt and stockholders’ equity (“net capital employed”). (7) Represents a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity. (8) Ratio is computed as net income divided by a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity.

27

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW Item 7. GENERAL Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, referred to as the Financial Review, is intended to assist the reader in the understanding and assessment of significant changes and trends related to the results of operations and financial position of the Company together with its subsidiaries. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying financial notes in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31. Unless otherwise noted, all references in this document to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. Certain statements in this report constitute forward-looking statements. See Item 1 – Business – ForwardLooking Statements in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional factors relating to these statements; also see Item 1A – Risk Factors in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a list of certain risk factors applicable to our business, financial condition and results of operations. We conduct our business through two operating segments: Distribution Solutions and Technology Solutions. See Financial Note 20, “Segments of Business,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of these segments. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Overview:
(In millions, except per share data)

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Revenues Gross Profit Operating Expenses (1) Other Income, Net Interest Expense Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes Income Tax Expense Income from Continuing Operations Discontinued Operation – gain on sale, net of tax Net Income Diluted Earnings Per Common Share Continuing Operations Discontinued Operation Total Weighted Average Diluted Common Shares
(1)

$

2011 112,084 5,970 (4,149) 36 (222) 1,635 (505) 1,130 72 1,202 4.29 0.28 4.57 263

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 108,702 $ 5,676 (3,668) 43 (187) 1,864 (601) 1,263 — 1,263 4.62 — 4.62 273

2009 106,632 5,378 (4,182) 12 (144) 1,064 (241) 823 — 823 2.95 — 2.95 279

$ $ $

$ $ $

$ $ $

Includes pre-tax litigation charges (credit) of $213 million, $(20) million and $493 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Revenues increased 3% to $112.1 billion in 2011 and 2% to $108.7 billion in 2010. The increase in revenues primarily reflects market growth in our Distribution Solutions segment, which accounted for approximately 97% of our consolidated revenues. Additionally, revenues for 2011 benefited from our December 30, 2010 acquisition of US Oncology Holdings, Inc. (“US Oncology”) of The Woodlands, Texas and revenues for 2010 benefited to a lesser extent from an increase in demand related to the flu season. Partially offsetting the 2010 increases, revenues for that year were affected by the loss of several customers in late 2009.

28

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) Gross profit increased 5% to $6.0 billion in 2011 and 6% to $5.7 billion in 2010. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased 11 basis points (“bp”) to 5.33% and 18 bp to 5.22% in 2011 and 2010. The increase in our 2011 gross profit margin was primarily due to an increase in buy margin and increased sales of higher margin generic drugs in our Distribution Solutions segment. These increases were partially offset by a decline in our Technology Solutions segment margin which included a $72 million asset impairment charge. The increase in our 2010 gross profit margin was primarily due to an improved mix of higher margin revenues in both our Distribution Solutions and Technology Solutions segments. Operating expenses were $4.1 billion, $3.7 billion and $4.2 billion in 2011, 2010 and 2009. Operating expenses include pre-tax charges (credit) of $213 million, $(20) million and $493 million relating to our securities and Average Wholesale Price (“AWP”) litigation matters. Excluding these charges (credit), operating expenses increased in 2011 primarily reflecting higher employee compensation costs including expenses associated with our Profit Sharing Investment Plan (“PSIP”) as well as due to our acquisition of US Oncology. Excluding these charges (credit), operating expenses in 2010 approximated the same period a year ago primarily due to lower PSIP expenses and the sale of two businesses during the first and third quarters of 2009. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in expenses associated with employee compensation and benefit costs, our 2009 business acquisitions and other business initiatives. Our litigation charges (credit) and PSIP expense are more fully described under the caption “Operating Expenses” in this Financial Review. Other income, net was $36 million, $43 million and $12 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009. In 2009, other income, net included a pre-tax impairment charge of $63 million ($60 million after-tax) on two equity-held investments and a pre-tax gain of $24 million ($14 million after tax) from the sale of an equity-held investment. Interest expense increased 19% to $222 million in 2011 and 30% to $187 million in 2010. Interest expense increased in 2011 primarily due to bridge loan fees incurred for our acquisition of US Oncology and interest expense associated with the assumed debt and the subsequent refinancing of the debt. These increases were partially offset by the repayment of $215 million of long-term debt in March 2010. Interest expense increased in 2010 primarily due to our issuance of $700 million of long-term debt in February 2009. Our reported income tax rates were 30.9%, 32.2% and 22.7% in 2011, 2010 and 2009. In 2011, income tax expense included $34 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items which primarily relates to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest. In 2009, current income tax expense included $111 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items of which $87 million represents a non-cash benefit. These benefits primarily relate to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest. Net income was $1,202 million, $1,263 million and $823 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, and diluted earnings per common share were $4.57, $4.62, and $2.95. Diluted earnings per common share were favorably affected by decreases in our weighted average shares outstanding due to the cumulative effect of share repurchases over the past three years. Net income for 2011 includes a $72 million after-tax gain (or $0.28 per diluted share) on the sale of our Technology Solutions segment’s wholly-owned subsidiary, McKesson Asia Pacific Pty Limited (“MAP”), which was sold in July 2010. Historical financial results for this subsidiary were not material.

29

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) Revenues:
(In millions)

Distribution Solutions Direct distribution & services Sales to customers’ warehouses Total U.S. pharmaceutical distribution & services Canada pharmaceutical distribution & services Medical-Surgical distribution & services Total Distribution Solutions Technology Solutions Services Software & software systems Hardware Total Technology Solutions Total Revenues

2011 $ 77,554 18,631 96,185 9,784 2,920 108,889 2,483 590 122 3,195 112,084

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 72,210 21,435 93,645 9,072 2,861 105,578 2,439 571 114 3,124 108,702 $

2009 66,876 25,809 92,685 8,225 2,658 103,568 2,337 572 155 3,064 106,632

$

$

$

Revenues increased 3% to $112.1 billion in 2011 and 2% to $108.7 billion in 2010. The increase in revenues primarily reflects market growth in our Distribution Solutions segment, which accounted for approximately 97% of our consolidated revenues. Direct distribution and services revenues increased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to market growth, which includes price increases and increased volume from new and existing customers, the effect of a shift from sales to customers’ warehouses to direct store delivery, the lapsing of which was completed in the third quarter of 2011, and due to our acquisition of US Oncology. These increases were partially offset by a decline in demand associated with the flu season and price deflation associated with brand to generic drug conversions. Direct distribution and services revenues increased in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to a shift of revenues from sales to customers’ warehouses to direct store delivery and market growth, partially offset by greater sales of lower priced generic drugs and the loss of several customers in late 2009. Revenues for 2010 benefited to a lesser extent from an increase in demand associated with the flu season. Sales to customers’ warehouses for 2011 decreased compared to 2010 primarily reflecting reduced revenues associated with existing customers, the effect of a shift of revenues to direct store delivery, the lapsing of which was completed in the third quarter of 2011, and the impact of brand to generic conversions. Sales to customers’ warehouses for 2010 decreased compared to 2009 primarily due to a shift of revenues to direct store delivery, reduced revenues associated with a large customer and the loss of a large customer in mid-2009, partially offset by expanded business with existing customers. Sales to retail customers’ warehouses represent large volume sales of pharmaceuticals primarily to a limited number of large self-warehousing retail chain customers whereby we order bulk product from the manufacturer, receive and process the product through our central distribution facility and subsequently deliver the bulk product (generally in the same form as received from the manufacturer) directly to our customers’ warehouses. This distribution method is typically not marketed or sold by the Company as a stand-alone service; rather, it is offered as an additional distribution method for our large retail chain customers that have an internal self-warehousing distribution network. Sales to customers’ warehouses provide a benefit to these customers because they can utilize the Company as one source for both their direct-to-store business and their warehouse business. We generally have significantly lower gross profit margins on sales to customers’ warehouses as we pass much of the efficiency of this low cost-to-serve model on to the customer. These sales do, however, contribute to our gross profit dollars.

30

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) The customer mix of our U.S. pharmaceutical distribution revenues was as follows: Years Ended March 31, Direct Sales Independents Institutions Retail Chains Subtotal Sales to retail customers’ warehouses Total 2011 12% 34 33 79 21 100% 2010 12% 32 32 76 24 100% 2009 13% 32 26 71 29 100%

As previously described, a limited number of our large retail chain customers purchase products through both our direct and warehouse distribution methods, the latter of which generally has a significantly lower gross profit margin due to the low cost-to-serve model. When evaluating and pricing customer contracts, we do so based on our assessment of total customer profitability. As a result, we do not evaluate our performance or allocate resources based on sales to customers’ warehouses or gross profit associated with such sales. Canadian pharmaceutical distribution and services revenues for 2011 increased compared to 2010 primarily due to a change in the foreign currency exchange rate of 7%. On a constant currency basis, revenues increased 1% in 2011. Canadian revenues for 2011 increased due to market growth, offset by a government-imposed price reduction for generic pharmaceuticals in certain provinces and brand to generic conversions. Canadian pharmaceutical distribution and services revenues for 2010 increased compared to 2009 primarily due to market growth and a favorable change in the foreign currency exchange rate of 3%. On a constant currency basis, revenues increased by 7% in 2010. Medical-Surgical distribution and services revenues increased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to market growth, partially offset by the decrease in demand associated with the flu season. Medical-Surgical distribution and services revenues increased in 2010 compared to 2009 reflecting an increase in demand related to the flu season, acquisitions and increased volume from new and existing customers. Technology Solutions revenues increased slightly in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to an increase in maintenance revenues from new and existing customers, increased revenues associated with the sale and installation of our software products and growth in our outsourcing services, partially offset by the sale of MAP in July 2010. Technology Solutions revenues increased in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to higher services revenues associated with increases in outsourcing revenues for claims processing and other services and software maintenance reflecting the segment’s expanded customer base. These increases were partially offset by a shift to products that have higher software revenue deferral rates and lower hardware sales.

31

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) Gross Profit:
(Dollars in millions)

Gross Profit Distribution Solutions (1) Technology Solutions (2) Total Gross Profit Margin Distribution Solutions Technology Solutions Total

2011 $ $ 4,565 1,405 5,970 4.19% 43.97 5.33

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ $ 4,219 1,457 5,676 4.00% 46.64 5.22 $ $

2009 3,955 1,423 5,378 3.82% 46.44 5.04

(1) Gross profit of our Distribution Solutions segment for 2011 includes a credit of $51 million representing our share of a settlement of an antitrust class action lawsuit brought against a drug manufacturer, which was recorded as a reduction to cost of sales. (2) Gross profit of our Technology Solutions segment for 2011 includes a $72 million asset impairment charge for capitalized software held for sale.

Gross profit increased 5% to $6.0 billion in 2011 and 6% to $5.7 billion in 2010. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased by 11 bp in 2011 and 18 bp in 2010. Gross profit margin increased in 2011 primarily reflecting higher gross profit margin from our Distribution Solutions segment and increased in 2010 primarily due to an improved mix of higher margin revenues in both of our operating segments. In 2011, our Distribution Solutions segment’s gross profit margin increased compared to 2010 primarily reflecting higher buy margin, increased sales of higher margin generic drugs and due to our acquisition of US Oncology, partially offset by a decline in demand associated with the flu season and a decrease in sell margin. Buy margin primarily reflects volume and timing of compensation from branded pharmaceutical manufacturers. Our Distribution Solutions segment’s 2011 gross profit margin was also favorably affected by a credit of $51 million representing our share of a settlement of an antitrust class action lawsuit. In 2010, our Distribution Solutions segment’s gross profit margin increased compared to 2009 primarily due to an improved mix of higher margin revenues stemming from increased flu-related demand across our distribution businesses. Gross profit margin was also favorably affected by a higher buy margin and increased sales of higher margin generic drugs. These benefits were partially offset by a decline in sell margin. Our last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) net inventory expense was $3 million in 2011 and $8 million for 2010 and 2009. Our Distribution Solutions segment uses the LIFO method of accounting for the majority of its inventories, which results in cost of sales that more closely reflects replacement cost than under other accounting methods. The practice in the Distribution Solutions segment’s distribution businesses is to pass on to customers published price changes from suppliers. Manufacturers generally provide us with price protection, which limits price-related inventory losses. Price declines on many generic pharmaceutical products in this segment over the last few years have moderated the effects of inflation in other product categories, which resulted in minimal overall price changes in those years. Additional information regarding our LIFO accounting is included under the caption “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates,” included in this Financial Review.

32

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) In 2011, our Technology Solutions segment’s gross profit margin decreased compared to 2010 primarily due to a $72 million asset impairment charge, the sale of MAP and continued investment in our clinical and enterprise revenue management solutions products. These decreases were partially offset by a shift to higher margin revenue. In 2010, our Technology Solutions segment’s gross profit margin increased compared to 2009 primarily due to a favorable change in revenue mix, partially offset by a higher software revenue deferral rate. Our capitalized software held for sale is amortized over three years. At each balance sheet date, or earlier if an indicator of an impairment exists, we evaluate the recoverability of unamortized capitalized software costs based on estimated future undiscounted revenues, net of estimated related costs over the remaining amortization period. In October 2010, we decreased our estimated revenues over the next 24 months for our Horizon Enterprise Revenue ManagementTM (“HzERM”) software product and as a result, concluded that the estimated future revenues, net of estimated related costs, were insufficient to recover its carrying value. Accordingly, we recorded a $72 million noncash impairment charge in the second quarter of 2011 within our Technology Solutions segment’s cost of sales to reduce the carrying value of the software product to its net realizable value. Operating Expenses:
(Dollars in millions)

Operating Expenses Distribution Solutions (1) Technology Solutions Corporate Subtotal Litigation (credit), net Total Operating Expenses as a Percentage of Revenues Distribution Solutions Technology Solutions Total

2011 $ 2,673 1,108 368 4,149 — 4,149 2.45% 34.68 3.70

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 2,260 1,077 351 3,688 (20) 3,668 2.14% 34.48 3.37 $

2009 2,777 1,096 309 4,182 — 4,182 2.68% 35.77 3.92

$

$

$

(1) Operating expenses for 2011 and 2009 include $213 million and $493 million of AWP litigation charges.

Operating expenses increased 13% to $4.1 billion in 2011 and decreased 12% to $3.7 billion in 2010. Excluding the 2011, 2010 and 2009 litigation charges (credit) of $213 million, $(20) million and $493 million, operating expenses increased 7% in 2011 and remained flat in 2010. Excluding the litigation charges (credit), operating expenses for 2011 increased compared to 2010 primarily due to higher costs associated with employee compensation and benefits including the McKesson Corporation Profit Sharing Investment Plan (“PSIP”) and the addition of US Oncology. Excluding the litigation charges (credit), operating expenses for 2010 approximated 2009 primarily due to lower PSIP expense, cost containment efforts and the sale of two businesses during 2009. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in expenses associated with employee compensation and benefit costs, our 2009 business acquisitions and other business initiatives. The McKesson Corporation PSIP was a member of the settlement class in the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action. On April 27, 2009, the court issued an order approving the distribution of the settlement funds. On October 9, 2009, the PSIP received approximately $119 million of the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action proceeds. Approximately $42 million of the proceeds were attributable to the allocated shares of McKesson common stock owned by the PSIP participants during the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action class-holding period and were allocated to the respective participants on that basis in the third quarter of 2010. Approximately $77 million of the proceeds were attributable to the unallocated shares (the “Unallocated Proceeds”) of McKesson common stock owned by the PSIP in an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) suspense account. In accordance with the plan terms, the PSIP distributed all of the Unallocated Proceeds to current PSIP participants after the close of the plan year in April 2010. The receipt of the Unallocated Proceeds by the PSIP was reimbursement for the loss in value of the Company’s common stock held by the PSIP in its ESOP suspense account during the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action class-holding period and was not a contribution made by the Company to the PSIP or ESOP. 33

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) Accordingly, there were no accounting consequences to the Company’s financial statements relating to the receipt of the Unallocated Proceeds by the PSIP. As a result of the PSIP’s receipt of the Unallocated Proceeds, in 2010 the Company contributed $1 million to the PSIP. Accordingly, PSIP expense for 2010 was nominal. In 2011, the Company resumed its contributions to the PSIP. PSIP expense by segment for the last three years was as follows:
(In millions)

Distribution Solutions Technology Solutions Corporate PSIP expense Cost of sales (1) Operating expenses PSIP expense

$ $ $ $

2011 23 32 4 59 17 42 59

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ — $ 1 — $ 1 $ $ $ — 1 1 $ $

2009 23 28 2 53 12 41 53

(1) Amounts recorded to cost of sales pertain solely to our McKesson Technology Solutions segment.

On a segment basis, Distribution Solutions segment’s operating expenses increased in 2011 and decreased in 2010 primarily due to the AWP litigation charges of $213 million and $493 million in 2011 and 2009. Excluding the AWP charge, operating expenses and operating expenses as a percentage of revenues increased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to higher costs associated with employee compensation and benefits including PSIP expenses and the addition of US Oncology. Operating expenses in 2011 also increased as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the AWP charge, Distribution Solutions segment’s operating expenses and operating expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to the sale of two businesses during 2009, lower PSIP expense in 2010 and our continued focus on cost containment. These decreases were partially offset by increased expenses associated with our 2009 business acquisitions. As previously reported, in 2009 we reached an agreement to settle all private party claims relating to First DataBank, Inc.’s published drug reimbursement benchmarks for $350 million. We also recorded an accrual of $143 million for pending and expected AWP claims by public payers. The combination of the settlement for all AWP private party claims and the decision by us to establish an estimated accrual for the pending and expected AWP claims by public payers resulted in a pre-tax, non-cash charge of $493 million in the third quarter of 2009. In the second quarter of 2011, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $24 million for the settlement with the State of Connecticut relating to AWP claims. The settlement included an express denial of liability and a release by Connecticut of the Company as to all matters alleged or which could have been alleged in the action. A cash payment of $26 million was made in the third quarter of 2011 for this settlement. During the third quarter of 2011, following a review of the reserve for estimated probable losses from current and possible future public entity AWP claims, which review included consideration of the pace and progress of settlement discussions during and after the third quarter relating to state and federal Medicaid claims, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $189 million. All AWP litigation charges were included in our Distribution Solutions segment’s operating expenses. As of March 31, 2011, the reserve relating to AWP public entity claims was $330 million and was included in other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. Refer to Financial Note 17, “Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

34

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) As a result of our acquisition of US Oncology, we incurred a net $52 million of acquisition-related expenses as follows: Distribution Solutions 22 9 10 41 — — 41 $ Corporate & Interest Expense — — 2 2 (16) 25 11 $

(In millions)

Operating expenses: Transaction closing expenses $ Severance and relocation Other integration expenses Total operating expenses Other income: reimbursement of post-acquisition interest expense from former shareholders Interest expense: bridge loan fees Total acquisition-related expenses $

Total 22 9 12 43 (16) 25 52

$

$

We anticipate incurring additional acquisition-related expenses in 2012 as we continue to integrate US Oncology. Technology Solutions segment’s operating expenses and operating expenses as a percentage of revenues increased in 2011 and decreased in 2010. The growth in 2011 reflects our increased investment in research and development activities and higher employee compensation and benefit costs, which includes PSIP expense, partially offset by the sale of MAP in the second quarter of 2011. Operating expenses and operating expenses as a percentage of revenues for 2010 benefited from lower PSIP expense, cost containment efforts and reduction in workforce plans implemented in 2009, partially offset by our continued investment in research and development activities. Corporate expenses for 2011 increased compared to 2010 primarily due to higher compensation and benefits costs and an asset impairment charge for certain tangible property, partially offset by lower fees associated with our accounts receivable facility. As a result of our adoption of a new accounting standard for transfers of financial assets on April 1, 2010, fees associated with our accounts receivable sales facility are now recorded in interest expense. Prior to 2011, these fees were recorded in Corporate administrative expenses. Corporate expenses for 2010 increased compared to 2009 primarily due to higher compensation and benefits costs, other business initiatives and legal settlement charges. In 2010, we recorded net credits of $20 million relating to settlements for the securities litigation, which were recorded in Corporate expenses. Other Income, net:
(In millions)

By Segment Distribution Solutions Technology Solutions Corporate Total

2011 $ $ 5 4 27 36

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ $ 29 5 9 43 $ $

2009 (20) 7 25 12

In 2011, other income, net included a credit of $16 million representing the reimbursement of post-acquisition interest expense by the former shareholders of US Oncology, which is recorded in Corporate. Interest income was $18 million, $16 million and $31 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009. In 2010, other income, net included a $17 million pre-tax gain ($14 million after-tax) from the sale of our 50% equity interest in McKesson Logistic Solutions, LLC (“MLS”). The gain on sale of our investment in MLS was recorded within our Distribution Solutions segment. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in interest income due to lower interest rates.

35

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) In 2009, other income, net included a pre-tax impairment charge of $63 million ($60 million after-tax) on two equity-held investments (as further described below) and a pre-tax gain of $24 million ($14 million after-tax) from the sale of our 42% equity interest in Verispan, LLC (“Verispan”). The impairment charge and the gain on sale of our investment in Verispan were both recorded within our Distribution Solutions segment. We evaluate our investments for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values of such investment may have experienced an other-than-temporary decline in value. In 2009, we determined that the fair value of our interest in Parata Systems, LLC (“Parata”) was lower than its carrying value and that such impairment was other-than-temporary. Fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on estimated future results and market capitalization rates. We determined the impairment was other-than-temporary based on our assessment of all relevant factors including deterioration in the investee’s financial condition and weak market conditions. As a result, we recorded a pre-tax impairment of $58 million ($55 million after-tax) on this investment which is recorded as other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations within our Distribution Solutions segment. Our investment in Parata is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. In 2009, we also recorded a pre-tax impairment of $5 million ($5 million after-tax) on another equity-held investment within our Distribution Solutions segment. Segment Operating Profit and Corporate Expenses:
(Dollars in millions)

Segment Operating Profit (1) Distribution Solutions (2) Technology Solutions Subtotal Corporate Expenses, Net Litigation Credit, Net Interest Expense Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes Segment Operating Profit Margin Distribution Solutions Technology Solutions

2011 $ 1,897 301 2,198 (341) — (222) 1,635 1.74% 9.42

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 1,988 385 2,373 (342) 20 (187) 1,864 1.88% 12.32 $

2009 1,158 334 1,492 (284) — (144) 1,064 1.12% 10.90

$

$

$

(1) Segment operating profit includes gross profit, net of operating expenses, plus other income (expense), net for our two operating segments. (2) Operating expenses for 2011 and 2009 for our Distribution Solutions segment included $213 million and $493 million of AWP litigation charges.

Operating profit margin for our Distribution Solutions segment decreased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to higher operating expenses as a percentage of revenue, including a $213 million AWP litigation charge, partially offset by a higher gross profit margin, which included a $51 million antitrust settlement. Operating profit margin for our Distribution Solutions segment increased in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to a higher gross profit margin, lower operating expenses as a percentage of revenues and higher other income. Results for 2010 included the $17 million gain on sale of MLS. Results for 2009 included the $493 million AWP litigation charge, $63 million of charges to write-down two equity-held investments and a $24 million gain on the sale of the segment’s 42% equity investment in Verispan. Operating profit margin in our Technology Solutions segment decreased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily reflecting a decrease in gross profit margin, which included the $72 million asset impairment charge and an increase in operating expenses as a percentage of revenues. Operating profit margin in our Technology Solutions segment increased in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to lower operating expenses as a percentage of revenues and an improvement in gross profit margin.

36

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) Corporate expenses, net of other income were flat in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to an increase in operating expenses which were fully offset by an increase in other income, including the $16 million benefit associated with the reimbursement of post-acquisition interest expense by the former shareholders of US Oncology. Corporate expenses, net of other income increased in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to an increase in operating expenses and a decrease in interest income. Interest Expense: Interest expense increased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to $25 million of bridge loan fees related to the acquisition of US Oncology, interest expense associated with the assumed debt and the subsequent refinancing of the debt, and fees from our accounts receivable sales facility which are recorded in interest expense commencing in 2011. These increases were partially offset by lower interest expense due to the repayment of $215 million of our long-term debt in March 2010. Interest expense increased in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to our issuance of $700 million of long-term debt in February 2009. Refer to our discussion under the caption “Credit Resources” within this Financial Review for additional information regarding our financing activities. Income Taxes: Our reported tax rates were 30.9%, 32.2% and 22.7% in 2011, 2010 and 2009. In addition to the items noted below, fluctuations in our reported tax rate are primarily due to changes within our business mix, including varying proportions of income attributable to foreign countries that have lower income tax rates. In 2011, income tax expense included $34 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items, which primarily relates to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest. In 2009, income tax expense included $111 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items of which $87 million represents a non-cash benefit. These benefits primarily relate to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest. The recognition of these discrete items was primarily due to the lapsing of the statutes of limitations. The U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is currently examining our fiscal years 2003 through 2006 and we anticipate the field work will be completed and they will issue the Revenue Agent Report in our first quarter of fiscal 2012. We have received assessments from the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) for a total of $169 million related to transfer pricing for 2003 through 2007. Payments of most of the assessments to the CRA have been made to stop the accrual of interest. We have appealed the assessment for 2003 to the Tax Court of Canada and have filed a notice of objection for 2004 through 2007. If we are not successful in resolving these issues with the CRA, a trial date has been set for October 17, 2011 with the Tax Court of Canada. We believe that we have adequately provided for any potential adverse results relating to the IRS and CRA examinations. However, the final resolution of these issues could result in an increase or decrease to income tax expense. Discontinued Operation: In July 2010, our Technology Solutions segment sold MAP, a provider of phone and web-based healthcare services in Australia and New Zealand, for net sales proceeds of $109 million. The divestiture generated a pre-tax and after-tax gain of $95 million and $72 million. As a result of the sale, we were able to utilize capital loss carry-forwards for which we previously recorded a valuation allowance of $15 million. The release of the valuation allowance is included as a tax benefit in our after-tax gain on the divestiture. The after-tax gain on disposition was recorded as a discontinued operation in our statement of operations in 2011. The historical financial operating results and net assets of MAP were not material to our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

37

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) Net Income: Net income was $1,202 million, $1,263 million and $823 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009 and diluted earnings per common share were $4.57, $4.62 and $2.95. The net income and diluted earnings per common share for 2011 included a pre-tax charge of $213 million ($149 million after-tax). Net income and diluted earnings per common share for 2011 also included an after-tax gain of $72 million (or $0.28 per diluted share) relating to our sale of MAP. The net income and diluted earnings per common share for 2009 included a pre-tax charge of $493 million ($311 million after-tax) for the AWP litigation. Weighted Average Diluted Common Shares Outstanding: Diluted earnings per common share was calculated based on a weighted average number of shares outstanding of 263 million, 273 million and 279 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009. The decrease in the number of weighted average diluted common shares outstanding over the past two years primarily reflects a decrease in the number of shares outstanding as a result of stock repurchased, partially offset by the exercise/settlement of share-based awards. International Operations International operations accounted for 8.9%, 8.6% and 7.9% of 2011, 2010 and 2009 consolidated revenues. International operations are subject to certain risks, including currency fluctuations. We monitor our operations and adopt strategies responsive to changes in the economic and political environment in each of the countries in which we operate. Additional information regarding our international operations is also included in Financial Note 20, “Segments of Business,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Business Combinations On December 30, 2010, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of US Oncology for approximately $2.1 billion, consisting of cash consideration of $0.2 billion, net of cash acquired, and the assumption of liabilities with a fair value of $1.9 billion. As an integrated oncology company, US Oncology is affiliated with community-based oncologists, and works with patients, hospitals, payers and the medical industry across all phases of the cancer research and delivery continuum. The acquisition of US Oncology expands our existing specialty pharmaceutical distribution business and adds practice management services for oncologists. The cash paid at acquisition was funded from cash on hand. Included in the purchase price allocation are acquired identifiable intangibles of $1.0 billion, which primarily consist of $0.7 billion of service agreements and $0.2 billion of customer lists. The estimated weighted average lives of the service agreements, customer lists and total acquired intangibles are 18 years, 10 years and 16 years. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets of approximately $808 million was recorded as goodwill, which primarily reflects the expected future benefits to be realized upon integrating the business. Due to the recent timing of the acquisition, the fair value measurements of assets and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date are subject to change within the measurement period as our fair value assessments are finalized. Financial results for US Oncology have been included in the results of operations within our Distribution Solutions segment beginning in the fourth quarter of 2011. On May 21, 2008, we acquired McQueary Brothers of Springfield, Missouri for approximately $190 million. McQueary Brothers is a regional distributor of pharmaceutical, health and beauty products to independent and regional chain pharmacies in the Midwestern U.S. This acquisition expanded our existing U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business. The acquisition was funded with cash on hand. Financial results for McQueary Brothers have been included within our Distribution Solutions segment since the date of acquisition. During the first quarter of 2010, the fair value measurements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date were completed. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets of approximately $126 million was recorded as goodwill, which primarily reflected the expected future benefits from synergies to be realized upon integrating the business. Included in the purchase price allocation were acquired identifiable intangibles of $61 million primarily representing a customer relationship with a useful life of 7 years, a trade name of $2 million with a useful life of less than one year and a not-to-compete agreement of $4 million with a useful life of 4 years.

38

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) During the last three years, we also completed a number of other smaller acquisitions within both of our operating segments. Financial results for our business acquisitions have been included in our consolidated financial statements since their respective acquisition dates. Purchase prices for our business acquisitions have been allocated based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Goodwill recognized for our business acquisitions is generally not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. Pro forma results of operations for our business acquisitions have not been presented because the effects were not material to the consolidated financial statements on either an individual or an aggregate basis. Refer to Financial Notes 2 and 11, “Business Combinations” and “Debt and Financing Activities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. 2012 Outlook Information regarding the Company’s 2012 outlook is contained in our Form 8-K dated May 3, 2011. This Form 8-K should be read in conjunction with the sections Item 1 – Business – Forward-Looking Statements and Item 1A – Risk Factors in Part 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

39

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if the estimate requires us to make assumptions about matters that were uncertain at the time the accounting estimate was made and if different estimates that we reasonably could have used in the current period, or changes in the accounting estimate that are reasonably likely to occur from period to period, could have a material impact on our financial condition or results from operations. Below are the estimates that we believe are critical to the understanding of our operating results and financial condition. Other accounting policies are described in Financial Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Because of the uncertainty inherent in such estimates, actual results may differ from these estimates. Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: We provide short-term credit and other customer financing arrangements to customers who purchase our products and services. Other customer financing primarily relates to guarantees provided to our customers, or their creditors, regarding the repurchase of inventories. We also provide financing to certain customers related to the purchase of pharmacies, which serve as collateral for the loans. We estimate the receivables for which we do not expect full collection based on historical collection rates and specific knowledge regarding the current creditworthiness of our customers and record an allowance in our consolidated financial statements for these amounts. In determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts, which includes portfolio and specific reserves, the Company reviews accounts receivable aging, industry trends, customer financial strength, credit standing, historical write-off trends and payment history to assess the probability of collection. If the frequency and severity of customer defaults due to our customers’ financial condition or general economic conditions change, our allowance for uncollectible accounts may require adjustment. As a result, we continuously monitor outstanding receivables and other customer financing and adjust allowances for accounts where collection may be in doubt. During 2011, sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 51% of our total consolidated revenues. Sales to our two largest customers, CVS Caremark Corporation (“CVS”) and Rite Aid Corporation (“Rite Aid”), accounted for approximately 14% and 11% of our total consolidated revenues. At March 31, 2011, accounts receivable from our ten largest customers were approximately 43% of total accounts receivable. Accounts receivable from CVS, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (“Walmart”) and Rite Aid were approximately 13%, 10% and 9% of total accounts receivable. As a result, our sales and credit concentration is significant. A default in payments, a material reduction in purchases from these, or any other large customer or the loss of a large customer could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Reserve methodologies are assessed annually based on historical losses and economic, business and market trends. In addition, reserves are reviewed quarterly and updated if unusual circumstances or trends are present. We believe the reserves maintained and expenses recorded in 2011 are appropriate and consistent with historical methodologies employed. At this time, we are not aware of any internal process or customer issues that might lead to a significant increase in the foreseeable future in our allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of net revenue. At March 31, 2011, trade and notes receivables were $8,108 million prior to allowances of $124 million. In 2011, 2010 and 2009 our provision for bad debts was $18 million, $17 million and $29 million. At March 31, 2011 and 2010, the allowance as a percentage of trade and notes receivables was 1.5% and 1.8%. An increase or decrease of a hypothetical 0.1% in the 2011 allowance as a percentage of trade and notes receivables would result in an increase or decrease in the provision for bad debts of approximately $8 million. The selected 0.1% hypothetical change does not reflect what could be considered the best or worst case scenarios. Additional information concerning our allowance for doubtful accounts may be found in Schedule II included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

40

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) Inventories: We report inventories at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”). Inventories for our Distribution Solutions segment consist of merchandise held for resale. For our Distribution Solutions segment, the majority of the cost of domestic inventories is determined using the LIFO method and the cost of Canadian inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Technology Solutions segment inventories consist of computer hardware with cost determined by the standard cost method. Rebates, fees, cash discounts, allowances, chargebacks and other incentives received from vendors are generally accounted for as a reduction in the cost of inventory and are recognized when the inventory is sold. Total inventories were $9.2 billion and $9.4 billion at March 31, 2011 and 2010. The LIFO method was used to value approximately 87% of our inventories at March 31, 2011 and 2010. At March 31, 2011 and 2010, our LIFO reserves, net of LCM adjustments, were $96 million and $93 million. LIFO reserves include both pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical products. In 2011, 2010, and 2009, we recognized net LIFO expense of $3 million, $8 million and $8 million within our consolidated statements of operations. In 2011, our $3 million net LIFO expense related to our non-pharmaceutical products. A LIFO expense is recognized when the net effect of price increases on branded pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products held in inventory exceeds the impact of price declines and shifts towards generic pharmaceuticals, including the effect of branded pharmaceutical products that have lost market exclusivity. A LIFO credit is recognized when the net effect of price declines and shifts towards generic pharmaceuticals exceeds the impact of price increases on branded pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products held in inventory. We believe that the FIFO inventory costing method provides a reasonable estimation of the current cost of replacing inventory (i.e., “market”). As such, our LIFO inventory is valued at the lower of LIFO or inventory as valued under FIFO. Primarily due to continued net deflation in generic pharmaceutical inventories, pharmaceutical inventories at LIFO were $156 million and $112 million higher than FIFO as of March 31, 2011 and 2010. As a result, in 2011 and 2010, we recorded LCM charges of $44 million and $5 million within our consolidated statements of operations to adjust our LIFO inventories to market. As deflation in generic pharmaceuticals continues, we anticipate that LIFO credits from the valuation of our pharmaceutical products will be fully offset by LCM reserves. In determining whether inventory valuation issues exist, we consider various factors including estimated quantities of slow-moving inventory by reviewing on-hand quantities, outstanding purchase obligations and forecasted sales. Shifts in market trends and conditions, changes in customer preferences due to the introduction of generic drugs or new pharmaceutical products or the loss of one or more significant customers are factors that could affect the value of our inventories. We provide reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, if indicated, as a result of these reviews. These factors could make our estimates of inventory valuation differ from actual results. Business Combinations: We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Effective April 1, 2009, acquisition-related expenses and restructuring costs are recognized separately from the business combinations and are expensed as incurred. Acquisition-related expenses totaled $52 million in 2011 and were not material in 2010. Several methods may be used to determine the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. For intangible assets, we typically use the income method. This method starts with a forecast of all of the expected future net cash flows for each asset or liability acquired. These cash flows are then adjusted to present value by applying an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risk factors associated with the cash flow streams. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the income method or other methods include the amount and timing of projected future cash flows, the discount rate selected to measure the risks inherent in the future cash flows and the assessment of the asset’s life cycle and the competitive trends impacting the asset, including consideration of any technical, legal, regulatory, or economic barriers to entry. Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment as different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and certain assets may even be considered to have indefinite useful lives. Refer to Financial Note 2, “Business Combinations,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our acquisitions.

41

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) Goodwill: As a result of acquiring businesses, we have $4,364 million and $3,568 million of goodwill at March 31, 2011 and 2010. We maintain goodwill assets on our books unless the assets are considered to be impaired. We perform an impairment test on goodwill balances annually in the fourth quarter or more frequently if indicators for potential impairment exist. Indicators that are considered include significant changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry, or economic trends or a significant decline in the Company’s stock price and/or market capitalization for a sustained period of time. Impairment testing is conducted at the reporting unit level, which is generally defined as a component – one level below our Distribution Solutions and Technology Solutions operating segments, for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that unit. Components that have essentially similar operations, products, services and customers are aggregated as a single reporting unit. Management judgment is involved in determining which components may be combined and changes in these combinations could affect the outcome of the testing. Impairment tests require that we first compare the carrying value of net assets to the estimated fair value of net assets for the reporting units. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, a second step would be performed to calculate the amount of impairment, which would be recorded as a charge in our consolidated statements of operations. Fair values can be determined using the market, income or cost approach. To estimate the fair value of our reporting units, we use a combination of the market approach and the income approach. Under the market approach, we estimate fair value by comparing the business to similar businesses, or guideline companies whose securities are actively traded in public markets. Under the income approach, we use a discounted cash flow model in which cash flows anticipated over several periods, plus a terminal value at the end of that time horizon, are discounted to their present value using an appropriate rate of return. In addition, we compare the aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our market capitalization as further corroboration of the fair value. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the goodwill impairment estimation process using the market approach include the selection of appropriate guideline companies, the determination of market value multiples for both the guideline companies and the reporting unit, the determination of applicable premiums and discounts based on any differences in marketability between the business and the guideline companies and for the income approach, the required rate of return used in the discounted cash flow method, which reflects capital market conditions and the specific risks associated with the business. Other estimates inherent in both the market and income approaches include long-term growth rates, projected revenues and earnings and cash flow forecasts for the reporting units. Estimates of fair value result from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and rely heavily on estimates and assumptions at a point in time. The judgments made in determining an estimate of fair value may materially impact our results of operations. The valuations are based on information available as of the impairment review date and are based on expectations and assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management. Any changes in key assumptions, including failure to meet business plans, a further deterioration in the market or other unanticipated events and circumstances, may affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates and could potentially result in an impairment charge. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, we concluded that there were no impairments of goodwill as the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value. Supplier Incentives: Fees for service and other incentives received from suppliers, relating to the purchase or distribution of inventory, are generally reported as a reduction to cost of goods sold. We consider these fees and other incentives to represent product discounts and as a result, the amounts are recorded as a reduction of product cost and are recognized through cost of goods sold upon the sale of the related inventory.

42

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) Supplier Reserves: We establish reserves against amounts due from suppliers relating to various price and rebate incentives, including deductions or billings taken against payments otherwise due to them. These reserve estimates are established based on judgment after considering the status of current outstanding claims, historical experience with the suppliers, the specific incentive programs and any other pertinent information available. We evaluate the amounts due from suppliers on a continual basis and adjust the reserve estimates when appropriate based on changes in factual circumstances. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, supplier reserves were $102 million and $89 million. The ultimate outcome of any amounts due from our suppliers may be different from our estimate. All of the supplier reserves at March 31, 2011 and 2010 pertain to our Distribution Solutions segment. An increase or decrease in the supplier reserve as a hypothetical 0.1% of trade payables at March 31, 2011 would result in an increase or decrease in the cost of sales of approximately $14 million in 2011. The selected 0.1% hypothetical change does not reflect what could be considered the best or worst case scenarios. Income Taxes: Our income tax expense and deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect management’s best assessment of estimated current and future taxes to be paid. We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgments and estimates are required in determining the consolidated income tax provision and in evaluating income tax uncertainties. We review our tax positions at the end of each quarter and adjust the balances as new information becomes available. Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expense. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative net operating losses in the most recent years and our forecast of future taxable income. In estimating future taxable income, we develop assumptions including the amount of future federal, state and foreign pre-tax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage the underlying businesses. We had deferred income tax assets (net of valuation allowances) of $1,297 million and $1,187 million at March 31, 2011 and 2010 and deferred tax liabilities of $2,261 million and $1,845 million. Deferred tax assets primarily consist of net loss and credit carryforwards and timing differences on our compensation and benefit related accruals. Deferred tax liabilities primarily consist of basis differences for inventory valuation (including inventory valued at LIFO) and other assets. We established valuation allowances of $99 million against certain deferred tax assets, which primarily relate to federal, state and foreign loss carryforwards for which the ultimate realization of future benefits is uncertain. Changes in tax laws and rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future. Should tax laws change, including those laws pertaining to LIFO, our cash flows could be materially impacted. If our assumptions and estimates described above were to change, an increase/decrease of 1% in our effective tax rate as applied to income from continuing operations would have increased/decreased tax expense by approximately $16 million, or $0.06 per diluted share, for 2011. Share-Based Compensation: Our compensation programs include share-based compensation. We account for all share-based compensation transactions using a fair-value based measurement method. The share-based compensation expense is recognized, for the portion of the awards that is ultimately expected to vest, on a straightline basis over the requisite service period for those awards with graded vesting and service conditions. For awards with performance conditions and multiple vest dates, we recognize the expense on a graded vesting basis. For awards with performance conditions and a single vest date, we recognize the expense on a straight-line basis.

43

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) We estimate the grant-date fair value of employee stock options using the Black-Scholes options-pricing model. We believe that it is difficult to accurately measure the value of an employee stock option. Our estimates of employee stock option values rely on estimates of factors we input into the model. The key factors involve an estimate of future uncertain events. The key factors influencing the estimation process, among others, are the expected life of the option, the expected stock price volatility factor and the expected dividend yield. In determining the expected life of the option, we primarily use historical experience as our best estimate of future exercise patterns. We use a combination of historical and implied market volatility to determine the expected stock price volatility factor. We believe that this market-based input provides a better estimate of our future stock price movements and is consistent with employee stock option valuation considerations. Once the fair values of employee stock options are determined, current accounting practices do not permit them to be changed, even if the estimates used are different from actual experience. In addition, we develop an estimate of the number of share-based awards, which will ultimately vest primarily based on historical experience. Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a material effect on share-based compensation expense. If the actual forfeiture rate is higher than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to increase the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in a decrease to the expense recognized in the financial statements. If the actual forfeiture rate is lower than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to decrease the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in an increase to the expense recognized in the financial statements. We re-assess the estimated forfeiture rate established upon grant periodically throughout the requisite service period. Such estimates are revised if they differ materially from actual forfeitures. As required, the forfeiture estimates will be adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures when an award vests. The actual forfeitures in future reporting periods could be materially higher or lower than our current estimates. Our assessments of estimated share-based compensation charges are affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables and the related tax impact. These variables include the volatility of our stock price, employee stock option exercise behavior, timing, number and types of annual share-based awards and the attainment of performance goals. As a result, the future share-based compensation expense may differ from the Company’s historical amounts. Loss Contingencies: We are subject to various claims, other pending and potential legal actions for damages, investigations relating to governmental laws and regulations and other matters arising out of the normal conduct of our business. When a loss is considered probable and reasonably estimable, we record a liability in the amount of our best estimate for the ultimate loss. However, the likelihood of a loss with respect to a particular contingency is often difficult to predict and determining a meaningful estimate of the loss or a range of loss may not be practicable based on the information available and the potential effect of future events and decisions by third parties that will determine the ultimate resolution of the contingency. Moreover, it is not uncommon for such matters to be resolved over many years, during which time relevant developments and new information must be reevaluated at least quarterly to determine both the likelihood of potential loss and whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of possible loss. When a loss is probable but a reasonable estimate cannot be made, disclosure of the proceeding is provided. Disclosure also is provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or when it is reasonably possible that the amount of a loss will exceed the recorded provision. We review all contingencies at least quarterly to determine whether the likelihood of loss has changed and to assess whether a reasonable estimate of the loss or range of the loss can be made. As discussed above, development of a meaningful estimate of loss or a range of potential loss is complex when the outcome is directly dependent on negotiations with or decisions by third parties, such as regulatory agencies, the court system and other interested parties. Such factors bear directly on whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss and boundaries of high and low estimate. FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES We expect our available cash generated from operations, together with our existing sources of liquidity from our accounts receivable sales facility and short-term borrowings under the revolving credit facility and commercial paper, will be sufficient to fund our long-term and short-term capital expenditures, working capital and other cash requirements. In addition, from time-to-time, we may access the long-term debt capital markets to discharge our other liabilities. 44

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) Net cash flow from operating activities was $2,338 million in 2011 compared to $2,316 million in 2010 and $1,351 million in 2009. Operating activities for 2011 included a non-cash charge of $213 million and the related income tax benefit of $64 million for the AWP litigation charge. Operating activities for 2011 also reflect an increase in receivables primarily associated with revenue growth, partially offset by improved management of inventories and longer payment terms for certain purchases. Cash flows from operations can also be significantly affected by factors such as the timing of receipts from customers and payments to vendors. Operating activities for 2010 were primarily affected by improved management of drafts and accounts payable, partially offset by an increase in inventories due to our revenue growth and the AWP litigation private payer settlement payments of $350 million. Operating activities for 2009 included a non-cash charge of $493 million and the related income tax benefit of $182 million for the AWP litigation charge. Operating activities for 2009 also reflect an increase in receivables primarily associated with our revenue growth as well as longer payment terms for certain customers and improvement in our net financial inventory (inventory, net of drafts and accounts payable). Net cash used in investing activities was $624 million in 2011 compared to $309 million in 2010 and $727 million in 2009. Investing activities for 2011 included $292 million of cash payments for business acquisitions, including approximately $244 million for our acquisition of US Oncology, and $109 million of cash received from the sale of MAP. Investing activities in 2011 also included $233 million and $155 million in capital expenditures for property acquisitions and capitalized software. Investing activities for 2010 included $199 million and $179 million in capital expenditures for property acquisitions and capitalized software and the release of $55 million of restricted cash from escrow related to the AWP private litigation settlement payments. Investing activities for 2009 included $358 million of cash payments for business acquisitions, including the McQueary Brothers acquisition for approximately $190 million. Financing activities utilized cash of $1,841 million in 2011 and $421 million in 2010, and provided cash of $178 million in 2009. Financing activities for 2011 reflect $1,689 million of cash received from the issuance of long-term debt. In February 2011 we issued $600 million of 3.25% notes due 2016, $600 million of 4.75% notes due 2021, and $500 million of 6.00% notes due 2041. Net proceeds from the issuance of the long-term notes, after discounts and offering expenses, were used to pay off the $1,730 million of debt assumed as part of the acquisition of US Oncology. Also as part of our acquisition of US Oncology, we borrowed $1,000 million for bridge financing which was fully repaid by February 2011. Financing activities for 2011 also included $2,050 million of cash paid for share repurchases, $171 million of dividends paid and $367 million of cash receipts from employees’ exercises of stock options. Financing activities for 2010 included $323 million in cash paid for share repurchases and $218 million in cash paid on our long-term debt, which primarily consisted of $215 million paid on the maturity of our 9.13% Series C Senior Notes in March 2010. Financing activities for 2010 also included $323 million of cash paid for share repurchases, $131 million of dividends paid and $212 million of cash receipts from employees’ exercises of stock options. Financing activities for 2009 included our February 2009 issuance of $350 million of 6.50% notes due 2014 and $350 million of 7.50% notes due 2019. Net proceeds of $693 million from the issuance of the notes, after discounts and offering expenses, were used by the Company for general corporate purposes. Financing activities for 2009 also included $502 million of cash paid for share repurchases, $116 million of dividends paid and $97 million of cash receipts from employees’ exercises of stock options. The Company’s Board has authorized the repurchase of McKesson’s common stock from time-to-time in open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, through accelerated share repurchase programs, or by any combination of such methods. The timing of any repurchases and the actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including our stock price, corporate and regulatory requirements, restrictions under our debt obligations and other market and economic conditions. As of March 31, 2011, $500 million remained available for future repurchases under the October 2010 Board approved share repurchase plan. In April 2011, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock. 45

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) In July 2008, the Board authorized the retirement of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be repurchased from time-to-time pursuant to its stock repurchase program. During the second quarter of 2009, all of the 4 million repurchased shares, which we purchased for $204 million, were formally retired by the Company. The retired shares constitute authorized but unissued shares. We elected to allocate any excess of share repurchase price over par value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings. As such, $165 million was recorded as a decrease to retained earnings. The Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future. However, the payment and amount of future dividends remain within the discretion of the Board and will depend upon the Company’s future earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. Although we believe that our operating cash flow, financial assets, current access to capital and credit markets, including our existing credit and sales facilities, will give us the ability to meet our financing needs for the foreseeable future, there can be no assurance that continued or increased volatility and disruption in the global capital and credit markets will not impair our liquidity or increase our costs of borrowing. Selected Measures of Liquidity and Capital Resources:
(Dollars in millions)

Cash and cash equivalents Working capital Debt, net of cash and cash equivalents Debt to capital ratio (1) Net debt to net capital employed (2) Return on stockholders’ equity (3)

$

2011 3,612 3,631 392 35.7% 5.1% 16.9%

$

March 31, 2010 3,731 4,492 (1,434) 23.4% (23.5)% 18.7%

$

2009 2,109 3,065 403 28.9% 6.1% 13.2%

(1) Ratio is computed as total debt divided by total debt and stockholders’ equity. (2) Ratio is computed as total debt, net of cash and cash equivalents (“net debt”), divided by net debt and stockholders’ equity (“net capital employed”). (3) Ratio is computed as net income, divided by a five-quarter average of stockholders’ equity.

Our cash and equivalents balance as of March 31, 2011, included approximately $1.8 billion of cash held by our subsidiaries outside of the United States. Our intent is to utilize this cash in the foreign operations as well as to fund certain research and development activities for an indefinite period of time. Although the vast majority of cash held outside the United States is available for repatriation, doing so could subject us to U.S. federal, state and local income tax. During the fourth quarter of 2011 and pursuant to IRS regulations, we temporarily borrowed and repaid $1.0 billion of cash held by our subsidiaries outside the United States. The duration of this temporary loan to the United States was less than 60 days. Working capital primarily includes cash and cash equivalents, receivables and inventories, net of drafts and accounts payable, deferred revenue and other current liabilities. Our Distribution Solutions segment requires a substantial investment in working capital that is susceptible to large variations during the year as a result of inventory purchase patterns and seasonal demands. Inventory purchase activity is a function of sales activity and customer requirements. Consolidated working capital decreased at March 31, 2011 compared to March 31, 2010, primarily due to increases in drafts and accounts payables, accrued liabilities and the current portion of long-term debt, partially offset by an increase in receivables. Consolidated working capital increased at March 31, 2010 compared to March 31, 2009, primarily due to increases in cash and cash equivalents, partially offset by an increase in net financial inventory and repayment of $215 million of our long-term debt in March 2010.

46

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) Our ratio of net debt to net capital employed increased at March 31, 2011, compared to March 31, 2010, primarily due to an increase in total debt as a result of the US Oncology acquisition. This ratio decreased at March 31, 2010, compared to March 31, 2009, primarily reflecting an increase in cash and cash equivalents and repayment of $215 million of our long-term debt in March 2010. The Company paid quarterly cash dividends at the rate of $0.06 per share on its common stock from the fourth quarter of 1999 through the fourth quarter of 2008. In April 2008, the quarterly dividend was raised from $0.06 to $0.12 per share and in May 2010, the quarterly dividend was raised to $0.18 per common share. In April 2011, the Board approved an increase in the quarterly dividend from $0.18 to $0.20 per share, applicable to ensuing quarterly dividend declarations. The Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future. However, the payment and amount of future dividends remain within the discretion of the Board and will depend upon the Company’s future earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, we paid total cash dividends of $171 million, $131 million and $116 million. Contractual Obligations: The table below presents our significant financial obligations and commitments at March 31, 2011:
(In millions)

On balance sheet Long-term debt (1) $ Other (2) Off balance sheet Interest on borrowings (3) Purchase obligations (4) Operating lease obligations (5) Customer guarantees (6) Total $

Total 4,004 413 2,012 3,730 844 176 11,179 $

Within 1 417 32 224 3,610 178 119 4,580 $

Years Over 1 to 3 Over 3 to 5 861 83 361 89 258 24 1,676 $ 606 162 293 31 167 5 1,264 $

After 5 2,120 136 1,134 — 241 28 3,659

$

$

$

$

(1) Represents maturities of the Company’s long-term obligations including an immaterial amount of capital lease obligations. (2) Represents our estimated benefit payments for the unfunded benefit plans and minimum funding requirements for the pension plans. (3) Primarily represents interest that will become due on our fixed rate long-term debt obligations. (4) A purchase obligation is defined as an arrangement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding on the Company. These obligations primarily relate to inventory purchases, capital commitments and service agreements. (5) Represents minimum rental payments for operating leases. (6) Represents primarily agreements with certain of our Canadian customers’ financial institutions under which we have guaranteed the repurchase of our customers’ inventory or our customers’ debt in the event these customers are unable to meet their obligations to those financial institutions. We also have an agreement with one software customer that, under limited circumstances, may require us to secure standby financing. Because the amount of the standby financing is not explicitly stated, the overall amount of this guarantee cannot reasonably be estimated. At March 31, 2011, the maximum amounts of inventory repurchase guarantees and customers’ debt guarantees were $138 million and $38 million, none of which had been accrued.

At March 31, 2011, the liability recorded for uncertain tax positions, excluding associated interest and penalties, was approximately $485 million. Since the ultimate amount and timing of any future cash settlements cannot be predicted with reasonable certainty, the estimated liability has been excluded from the contractual obligations table.

47

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) In addition, at March 31, 2011, our banks and insurance companies have issued $128 million of standby letters of credit and surety bonds, which were issued on our behalf mostly related to our customer contracts and in order to meet the security requirements for statutory licenses and permits, court and fiduciary obligations and our workers’ compensation and automotive liability programs. Credit Resources: We fund our working capital requirements primarily with cash and cash equivalents, our accounts receivable sales facility, short-term borrowings under the revolving credit facility and commercial paper. Senior Bridge Term Loan Facility In connection with our execution of an agreement to acquire US Oncology, in November 2010, we entered into a $2.0 billion unsecured Senior Bridge Term Loan Agreement (“Bridge Loan”). In December 2010, we reduced the Bridge Loan commitment to $1.0 billion. On January 31, 2011, we borrowed $1.0 billion under the Bridge Loan. On February 28, 2011, we repaid the funds obtained under the Bridge Loan with long-term debt, as further described below, and the Senior Bridge Term Loan Agreement was terminated. During the time it was outstanding, the Bridge Loan bore interest of 1.76%, which was based on the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin based on the Company’s credit rating. Bridge Loan fees of $25 million were included in Corporate interest expense. US Oncology Debt Acquired Upon our purchase of US Oncology in December 2010, we assumed the outstanding debt of US Oncology Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary US Oncology, Inc. Immediately prior to our acquisition, US Oncology Holdings, Inc. called for redemption all of its outstanding Senior Unsecured Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2012, and US Oncology, Inc. called for redemption all of its outstanding 9.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we paid interest of $50 million and redeemed these notes, including the remaining accrued interest, for $1,738 million using cash on hand and borrowings under our Bridge Loan. Long-Term Debt On February 28, 2011, we issued 3.25% notes due March 1, 2016 in an aggregate principal amount of $600 million, 4.75% notes due March 1, 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of $600 million and 6.00% notes due March 1, 2041 in an aggregate principal amount of $500 million. Interest is payable on March 1 and September 1 of each year beginning on September 1, 2011. We utilized net proceeds, after discounts and offering expenses, of $1,673 million from the issuance of these notes for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of borrowings under the Bridge Loan. On February 12, 2009, we issued 6.50% notes due February 15, 2014, in an aggregate principal amount of $350 million and 7.50% notes due February 15, 2019, in an aggregate principal amount of $350 million. Interest is payable on February 15 and August 15 of each year. We utilized net proceeds, after discounts and offering expenses, of $693 million from the issuance of these notes for general corporate purposes. In March 2010, we repaid our $215 million 9.13% Series C Senior notes, which had matured. Accounts Receivable Sales Facility In May 2010, we renewed our accounts receivable sales facility (the “Facility”) for an additional one year period under terms substantially similar to those previously in place, and in doing so we increased our committed balance from $1.1 billion to $1.35 billion. From time-to-time, the available amount of the Facility may be less than $1.35 billion based on accounts receivable concentration limits and other eligibility requirements. The renewed Facility will expire in May 2011. We anticipate renewing this Facility before its expiration. At March 31, 2011, there were no securitized accounts receivable balances or secured borrowings outstanding under the Facility. As of March 31, 2010, there were no accounts receivable sold under the Facility. Additionally, there were no sales of interests to third-party purchaser groups in the year ended March 31, 2011. 48

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Continued) Additional information regarding our accounts receivable sales facility is included in Financial Notes 1 and 11, “Significant Accounting Policies” and “Debt and Financing Activities,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Revolving Credit Facility We have a syndicated $1.3 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility, which expires in June 2012. Borrowings under this credit facility bear interest based upon either a Prime rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate. There were no borrowings under this facility in 2011 and 2010 and $279 million for 2009. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility. Commercial Paper There were no commercial paper issuances during 2011 and 2010 and no amount outstanding at March 31, 2011 and 2010. We issued and repaid $3.3 billion of commercial paper in 2009. Debt Covenant Our various borrowing facilities and long-term debt are subject to certain covenants. Our principal debt covenant is our debt to capital ratio under our unsecured revolving credit facility, which cannot exceed 56.5%. If we exceed this ratio, repayment of debt outstanding under the revolving credit facility could be accelerated. As of March 31, 2011, this ratio was 35.7% and we were in compliance with our other financial covenants. A reduction in our credit ratings, or the lack of compliance with our covenants, could negatively impact our ability to finance operations or issue additional debt at acceptable interest rates. Funds necessary for future debt maturities and our other cash requirements are expected to be met by existing cash balances, cash flow from operations, existing credit sources and other capital market transactions. RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS Information regarding our related party balances and transactions is included in Financial Note 19, “Related Party Balances and Transactions,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS New accounting pronouncements that we have recently adopted, as well as those that have been recently issued but not yet adopted by us, are included in Financial Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

49

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL REVIEW (Concluded) Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest rate risk: Our long-term debt bears interest predominately at fixed rates, whereas our short-term borrowings are at variable interest rates. If the underlying weighted average interest rate on our variable rate debt were to have changed by a hypothetical 50 bp in 2011, interest expense would not have been materially different from that reported. Our cash and cash equivalents balances earn interest at variable rates. Should interest rates decline, our interest income may be negatively impacted. If the underlying weighted average interest rate on our cash and cash equivalents balances changed by 50 bp in 2011, interest income would have increased or decreased by approximately $17 million. The selected hypothetical change in interest rates does not reflect what could be considered the best or worst case scenarios. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the net fair value liability of financial instruments with exposure to interest rate risk was approximately $4.3 billion and $2.5 billion. The estimated fair value of our long-term debt and other financing was determined using quoted market prices and other inputs that were derived from available market information and may not be representative of actual values that could have been realized or that will be realized in the future. Fair value is subject to fluctuations based on our performance, our credit ratings, changes in the value of our stock and changes in interest rates for debt securities with similar terms. Foreign exchange risk: We derive revenues and earnings from Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, other European countries, Israel and Mexico, which exposes us to changes in foreign exchange rates. We seek to manage our foreign exchange risk in part through operational means, including managing same currency revenues in relation to same currency costs, and same currency assets in relation to same currency liabilities. Foreign exchange risk is also managed through the use of foreign currency forward-exchange contracts. These contracts are used to offset the potential earnings effects from mostly intercompany foreign currency investments and loans. As of March 31, 2011, a hypothetical adverse 10% change in quoted foreign currency exchange rates would not have had a material impact on our net fair value of financial instruments that have exposure to foreign currency risk.

50

McKESSON CORPORATION Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Financial Statements: Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2011 and 2010 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 Financial Notes Page 52 53 54 55 56 57 58

51

McKESSON CORPORATION MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING The management of McKesson Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). With the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, our management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2011. Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and has also audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011. This audit report appears on page 53 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. May 5, 2011 /s/ John H. Hammergren John H. Hammergren Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell Jeffrey C. Campbell Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

52

McKESSON CORPORATION REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of McKesson Corporation: We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of McKesson Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 31, 2011. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule (“financial statement schedule”) listed in the Index at Item 15(a). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule, and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of McKesson Corporation and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. /S/ Deloitte & Touche LLP San Francisco, California May 5, 2011

53

McKESSON CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (In millions, except per share amounts) 2011 Revenues Cost of Sales Gross Profit Operating Expenses Selling Distribution Research and development Administrative Litigation charge (credit), net Total Operating Expenses Operating Income Other Income, Net Interest Expense Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes Income Tax Expense Income from Continuing Operations Discontinued Operation – gain on sale, net of tax Net Income Earnings Per Common Share Diluted Continuing operations Discontinued operation – gain on sale Total Basic Continuing operations Discontinued operation – gain on sale Total Weighted Average Common Shares Diluted Basic $ 112,084 106,114 5,970 767 920 407 1,842 213 4,149 1,821 36 (222) 1,635 (505) 1,130 72 1,202 Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 108,702 103,026 5,676 746 882 376 1,684 (20) 3,668 2,008 43 (187) 1,864 (601) 1,263 — 1,263 $ 2009 106,632 101,254 5,378 743 943 364 1,639 493 4,182 1,196 12 (144) 1,064 (241) 823 — 823

$

$

$

$ $ $ $

4.29 0.28 4.57 4.37 0.28 4.65 263 258

$ $ $ $

4.62 — 4.62 4.70 — 4.70 273 269

$ $ $ $

2.95 — 2.95 2.99 — 2.99 279 275

See Financial Notes 54

McKESSON CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In millions, except per share amounts) 2011 ASSETS Current Assets Cash and cash equivalents Receivables, net Inventories, net Prepaid expenses and other Total Property, Plant and Equipment, Net Capitalized Software Held for Sale, Net Goodwill Intangible Assets, Net Other Assets Total Assets LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Current Liabilities Drafts and accounts payable Deferred revenue Deferred tax liabilities Current portion of long-term debt Other accrued liabilities Total Long-Term Debt Other Noncurrent Liabilities Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Note 17) Stockholders’ Equity Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 100 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding Common stock, $0.01 par value Shares authorized: 2011 and 2010 – 800 Shares issued: 2011 – 369, 2010 – 359 Additional Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Other Treasury Shares, at Cost, 2011 – 117 and 2010 – 88 Total Stockholders’ Equity Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity March 31, 2010

$

3,612 9,187 9,225 333 22,357 991 152 4,364 1,456 1,566 30,886

$

3,731 8,075 9,441 257 21,504 851 234 3,568 551 1,481 28,189

$

$

$

14,090 1,321 1,037 417 1,861 18,726 3,587 1,353

$

13,255 1,218 977 3 1,559 17,012 2,293 1,352

— 4 5,339 8,250 87 10 (6,470) 7,220 30,886

— 4 4,756 7,236 6 (12) (4,458) 7,532 28,189

$

$

See Financial Notes 55

McKESSON CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (In millions, except per share amounts)
Common Stock Shares Amount Additional Paid-in Other Capital Capital $ 4,252 97 99 8 (273) $ (10) Accumulated Other ESOP Notes Retained Comprehensive and Earnings Income (Loss) Guarantee $ 5,586 $ 152 $ (3) Treasury Common Shares (74) Amount $ (3,860) (19) 15 Stockholders’ Equity $ 6,121 78 15 99 8 2 (273) Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Balances, March 31, 2008 Issuance of shares under employee plans ESOP funding Share-based compensation Tax benefit related to issuance of shares under employee plans ESOP note collections Translation adjustments Unrealized net loss and other components of benefit plans, net of tax benefit of $33 Net income Repurchase and retirement of common stock Cash dividends declared, $0.48 per common share Other Balances, March 31, 2009 Issuance of shares under employee plans Share-based compensation Tax benefit related to issuance of shares under employee plans ESOP note collections Translation adjustments Unrealized net loss and other components of benefit plans, net of tax benefit of $32 Net income Repurchase of common stock Cash dividends declared, $0.48 per common share Other Balances, March 31, 2010 Issuance of shares under employee plans Share-based compensation Tax benefit related to issuance of shares under employee plans Translation adjustments Net income Repurchase of common stock Cash dividends declared, $0.72 per common share Other Balances, March 31, 2011

351 $ 4

4

2

(273)

823 (4) (39) 3 (7) (165) (134) (7) 6,103

(57) (6) (1) (179) (280)

(57) 823 (484) (134) (5) 6,193 194 114 11 1 238

(57) 823

351 8

$

4

$

4,417 218 114 11

$

$

$

$

(1)

(80) (1)

$ (4,144) (24)

$

$

493

238

1

238

1,263

(53) (7) (299) 9 (88) $ (4,458) (17) $

(53) 1,263 (299) (131) 1 7,532 353 137 113 76 1,202 (29) (1,995) (2,032) (188) 27 (117) $ (6,470) $ 7,220 $ $

(53) 1,263

(4) 359 10 $ 4 $ 4,756 370 137 113 $

(5) (12) $

(131) 1 7,236 $ 6 $



1,448

1,202 (37) 22 369 $ 4 $ 5,339 $ 10 $ (188) 8,250 $

76

76 1,202

5 87 $



5 1,283

See Financial Notes 56

McKESSON CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In millions)
2011 $ 1,202 (72) 139 357 18 184 137 72 — 12 (673) 367 533 42 33 213 (26) (56) (144) 2,338 (233) (155) (292) 109 — (53) (624) 1,000 (1,000) 1,689 (1,730) 367 (2,050) — (171) 54 (1,841) 8 (119) 3,731 3,612 244 347 (1,891) Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 1,263 — 148 326 17 161 114 — — (20) (133) (782) 1,340 27 88 (20) (350) 116 21 2,316 (199) (179) (18) 1 55 31 (309) 5 (6) — (218) 212 (323) — (131) 40 (421) 36 1,622 2,109 3,731 188 234 — $ 2009 823 — 133 308 29 320 99 — 63 (99) (708) 370 (189) (55) (47) 493 — (172) (17) 1,351 (195) (197) (358) 63 (55) 15 (727) 3,630 (3,630) 699 (4) 97 (298) (204) (116) 4 178 (55) 747 1,362 2,109 139 235 —

Operating Activities Net income Discontinued operation – gain on sale, net of tax Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation Amortization Provision for bad debts Other deferred taxes Share-based compensation expense Impairment of capitalized software held for sale Impairment of investments Other non-cash items Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions: Receivables Inventories Drafts and accounts payable Deferred revenue Taxes Litigation charge (credit) Litigation settlement payments Deferred tax (benefit) expense on litigation Other Net cash provided by operating activities Investing Activities Property acquisitions Capitalized software expenditures Acquisitions of businesses, less cash and cash equivalents acquired Proceeds from sale of businesses Restricted cash for litigation charge, net Other Net cash used in investing activities Financing Activities Proceeds from short-term borrowings Repayments of short-term borrowings Proceeds from issuances of long-term debt Repayments of long-term debt Common stock transactions: Issuances Share repurchases, including shares surrendered for tax withholding Share repurchases, retirements Dividends paid Other Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of year Supplemental Cash Flow Information Cash paid for: Interest Income taxes, net of refunds Non-cash item: Fair value of acquisition debt assumed

$ $ $

$ $ $

$ $ $

See Financial Notes 57

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES 1. Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations: McKesson Corporation (“McKesson,” the “Company,” or “we” and other similar pronouns) is a corporation that delivers medicines, pharmaceutical supplies, information and care management products and services designed to reduce costs and improve quality across the healthcare industry. We conduct our business through two operating segments, McKesson Distribution Solutions and McKesson Technology Solutions, as further described in Financial Note 20, “Segments of Business.” Basis of Presentation: The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with U. S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements of McKesson include the financial statements of all wholly-owned subsidiaries and majority-owned or controlled companies. We evaluate our ownership, contractual and other interests in entities to determine if they are variable interest entities (“VIEs”), if we have a variable interest in those entities and the nature and extent of those interests. These evaluations are highly complex and involve judgment and the use of estimates and assumptions based on available historical information and management’s judgment, among other factors. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Fiscal Period: The Company’s fiscal year begins on April 1 and ends on March 31. Unless otherwise noted, all references to a particular year shall mean the Company’s fiscal year. Reclassifications: presentation. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual amounts could differ from those estimated amounts. Cash and Cash Equivalents: All highly liquid debt instruments purchased with original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition are included in cash and cash equivalents. We maintain cash and cash equivalents with several financial institutions. Bank deposits may exceed the amount of federal deposit insurance; however, domestic non-interest bearing deposit transaction amounts are fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation regardless of the dollar amount. Cash equivalents may be invested in money market funds. We mitigate the risk of our short-term investment portfolio by investing the majority of funds in U.S. government securities, depositing funds with reputable financial institutions and monitoring risk profiles and investment strategies of money market funds. Restricted Cash: Cash that is subject to legal restrictions or is unavailable for general operating purposes is classified as restricted cash and is included within prepaid expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets. At March 31, 2011 and 2010, restricted cash was not material. Marketable Securities Available for Sale: We carry our marketable securities, which are available for sale, at fair value and they are included in prepaid expenses and other in the consolidated balance sheets. The net unrealized gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, computed in marking these securities to market have been reported within stockholders’ equity. At March 31, 2011 and 2010, marketable securities were not material.

58

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Concentrations of Credit Risk and Receivables: Our trade receivables are subject to a concentration of credit risk with customers primarily in our Distribution Solutions segment. During 2011, sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 51% of our total consolidated revenues. Sales to our two largest customers, CVS Caremark Corporation (“CVS”) and Rite Aid Corporation (“Rite Aid”), accounted for approximately 14% and 11% of our total consolidated revenues. At March 31, 2011, accounts receivable from our ten largest customers were approximately 43% of total accounts receivable. Accounts receivable from CVS, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. (“Walmart”) and Rite Aid were approximately 13%, 10% and 9% of total accounts receivable. As a result, our sales and credit concentration is significant. A default in payment, a material reduction in purchases from these, or any other large customers or the loss of a large customer could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. In addition, trade receivables are subject to a concentration of credit risk with customers in the institutional, retail and healthcare provider sectors, which can be affected by a downturn in the economy and changes in reimbursement policies. This credit risk is mitigated by the size and diversity of the customer base as well as its geographic dispersion. We estimate the receivables for which we do not expect full collection based on historical collection rates and ongoing evaluations of the creditworthiness of our customers. An allowance is recorded in our consolidated financial statements for these amounts. Financing Receivables: We assess and monitor credit risk associated with financing receivables, namely lease and notes receivables, through regular review of our collection experience in determining our allowance for loan losses. On an ongoing basis, we also evaluate credit quality of our financing receivables utilizing aging of receivables and write-offs, as well as consider existing economic conditions, to determine if an allowance is necessary. As of March 31, 2011, financing receivables and the related allowance were not material to our consolidated financial statements. Inventories: We report inventories at the lower of cost or market (“LCM”). Inventories for our Distribution Solutions segment consist of merchandise held for resale. For our Distribution Solutions segment, the majority of the cost of domestic inventories is determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method and the cost of Canadian inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Technology Solutions segment inventories consist of computer hardware with cost determined by the standard cost method. Rebates, fees, cash discounts, allowances, chargebacks and other incentives received from vendors are generally accounted for as a reduction in the cost of inventory and are recognized when the inventory is sold. The LIFO method was used to value approximately 87% of our inventories at March 31, 2011 and 2010. At March 31, 2011 and 2010, our LIFO reserves, net of LCM adjustments, were $96 million and $93 million. LIFO reserves include both pharmaceutical and non-pharmaceutical products. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recognized net LIFO expense of $3 million, $8 million and $8 million within our consolidated statements of operations. In 2011, our $3 million net LIFO expense related to our non-pharmaceutical products. A LIFO expense is recognized when the net effect of price increases on branded pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products held in inventory exceeds the impact of price declines and shifts towards generic pharmaceuticals, including the effect of branded pharmaceutical products that have lost market exclusivity. A LIFO credit is recognized when the net effect of price declines and shifts towards generic pharmaceuticals exceeds the impact of price increases on branded pharmaceuticals and non-pharmaceutical products held in inventory. We believe that the FIFO inventory costing method provides a reasonable estimation of the current cost of replacing inventory (i.e., “market”). As such, our LIFO inventory is valued at the lower of LIFO or inventory as valued under FIFO. Primarily due to continued net deflation in generic pharmaceutical inventories, pharmaceutical inventories at LIFO were $156 million and $112 million higher than FIFO as of March 31, 2011 and 2010. As a result, in 2011 and 2010, we recorded LCM charges of $44 million and $5 million in cost of sales within our consolidated statements of operations to adjust our LIFO inventories to market. Shipping and Handling Costs: We include all costs to warehouse, pick, pack and deliver inventory to our customers in distribution expenses. Property, Plant and Equipment: We state our property, plant and equipment at cost and depreciate them under the straight-line method at rates designed to distribute the cost of properties over estimated service lives ranging from one to 30 years. 59

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Capitalized Software Held for Sale: Development costs for software held for sale, which primarily pertain to our Technology Solutions segment, are capitalized once a project has reached the point of technological feasibility. Completed projects are amortized after reaching the point of general availability using the straight-line method based on an estimated useful life of approximately three years. At each balance sheet date, or earlier if an indicator of an impairment exists, we evaluate the recoverability of unamortized capitalized software costs based on estimated future undiscounted revenues net of estimated related costs over the remaining amortization period. At the end of the second quarter of 2010, our Horizon Enterprise Revenue Management TM (“HzERM”) software product became generally available. In October 2010, we decreased our estimated revenues over the next 24 months for our HzERM software product and as a result, concluded that the estimated future revenues, net of estimated related costs, were insufficient to recover its carrying value. Accordingly, we recorded a $72 million non-cash impairment charge in the second quarter of 2011 within our Technology Solutions segment’s cost of sales to reduce the carrying value of the software product to its net realizable value. Additional information regarding our capitalized software expenditures is as follows:
(In millions)

Amounts capitalized Amortization expense Impairment charge Third-party royalty fees paid

$

2011 64 75 72 72

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 75 $ 67 — 63

2009 74 50 — 50

Goodwill: Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if indicators for potential impairment exist. Impairment testing is conducted at the reporting unit level, which is generally defined as a component - one level below our Distribution Solutions and Technology Solutions operating segments, for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that unit. Components that have essentially similar operations, products, services and customers are aggregated as a single reporting unit. Impairment tests require that we first compare the carrying value of our reporting units to the estimated fair value of the reporting units. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, a second step is performed to calculate the amount of impairment, which would be recorded as a charge in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of a reporting unit is based upon a number of considerations including projections of revenues, earnings and discounted cash flows and determination of market value multiples for similar businesses or guideline companies whose securities are actively traded in public markets. The discount rate used for cash flows reflects capital market conditions and the specific risks associated with the business. In addition, we compare the aggregate of the reporting units’ fair value to the Company’s market capitalization as a further corroboration of the fair value. The testing requires a complex series of assumptions and judgment by management in projecting future operating results, selecting guideline companies for comparisons and assessing risks. The use of alternative assumptions and estimates could affect the fair values and change the impairment determinations. There were no goodwill impairments during 2011, 2010, or 2009. Intangible assets: Currently all of our intangible assets are subject to amortization and are generally amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives, ranging from one to twenty years. We review identifiable amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on the lowest level of identifiable estimated undiscounted cash flows resulting from use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of any impairment loss is based on the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its fair value. There were no material impairments of intangible assets during 2011, 2010 or 2009.

60

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Capitalized Software Held for Internal Use: We capitalize costs of software held for internal use during the application development stage of a project and amortize those costs over the assets’ estimated useful lives ranging from one to ten years. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, capitalized software held for internal use was $446 million and $483 million, net of accumulated amortization of $778 million and $665 million, and was included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Insurance Programs: Under our insurance programs, we seek to obtain coverage for catastrophic exposures as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract. It is our policy to retain a significant portion of certain losses primarily related to workers’ compensation and comprehensive general, product and vehicle liability. Provisions for losses expected under these programs are recorded based upon our estimate of the aggregate liability for claims incurred as well as for claims incurred but not yet reported. Such estimates utilize certain actuarial assumptions followed in the insurance industry. Revenue Recognition: Revenues for our Distribution Solutions segment are recognized when product is delivered and title passes to the customer or when services have been rendered and there are no further obligations to customers. Revenues are recorded net of sales returns, allowances, rebates and other incentives. Our sales return policy generally allows customers to return products only if they can be resold for value or returned to suppliers for full credit. Sales returns are accrued based on estimates at the time of sale to the customer. Sales returns from customers were approximately $1.4 billion in 2011, and $1.2 billion in 2010 and 2009. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented on a net basis; that is, they are excluded from revenues. The revenues for our Distribution Solutions segment include large volume sales of pharmaceuticals to a limited number of large customers who warehouse their own product. We order bulk product from the manufacturer, receive and process the product through our central distribution facility and deliver the bulk product (generally in the same form as received from the manufacturer) directly to our customers’ warehouses. Sales to customers’ warehouses amounted to $18.6 billion in 2011, $21.4 billion in 2010, and $25.8 billion in 2009. We also record revenues for direct store deliveries from most of these same customers. Direct store deliveries are shipments from the manufacturer to our customers of a limited category of products that require special handling. We assume the primary liability to the manufacturer for these products. Revenues are recorded gross when we are the primary party obligated in the transaction, take title to and possession of the inventory, are subject to inventory risk, have latitude in establishing prices, assume the risk of loss for collection from customers as well as delivery or return of the product, are responsible for fulfillment and other customer service requirements, or the transactions have several but not all of these indicators. Our Distribution Solutions segment also engages in multiple-element arrangements, which may contain a combination of various products and services. Revenue from a multiple element arrangement is allocated to the separate elements based on estimates of fair value and recognized in accordance with the revenue recognition criteria applicable to each element. If fair value cannot be established for any undelivered element, all of the arrangement’s revenue is deferred until delivery of the last element has occurred and services have been performed or until fair value can objectively be determined for any remaining undelivered elements. Revenues for our Technology Solutions segment are generated primarily by licensing software and software systems (consisting of software, hardware and maintenance support), and providing outsourcing and professional services. Revenue for this segment is recognized as follows:

61

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Software systems are marketed under information systems agreements as well as service agreements. Perpetual software arrangements are recognized at the time of delivery or under the percentage-of-completion method based on the terms and conditions in the contract. Contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method are generally measured based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to date to total estimated labor costs to be incurred. Changes in estimates to complete and revisions in overall profit estimates on these contracts are charged to earnings in the period in which they are determined. We accrue for contract losses if and when the current estimate of total contract costs exceeds total contract revenue. Hardware revenues are generally recognized upon delivery. Revenue from multi-year software license agreements is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement. Software implementation fees are recognized as the work is performed or under the percentage-of-completion method. Maintenance and support agreements are marketed under annual or multi-year agreements and are recognized ratably over the period covered by the agreements. Subscription, content and transaction processing fees are generally marketed under annual and multiyear agreements and are recognized ratably over the contracted terms beginning on the service start date for fixed fee arrangements and recognized as transactions are performed beginning on the service start date for per-transaction fee arrangements. Remote processing service fees are recognized monthly as the service is performed. Outsourcing service revenues are recognized as the service is performed. We also offer certain products on an application service provider basis, making our software functionality available on a remote hosting basis from our data centers. The data centers provide system and administrative support, as well as hosting services. Revenue on products sold on an application service provider basis is recognized on a monthly basis over the term of the contract beginning on the service start date of products hosted. This segment also engages in multiple-element arrangements, which may contain any combination of software, hardware, implementation or consulting services, or maintenance services. When some elements are delivered prior to others in an arrangement and vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”) exists for the undelivered elements, revenue for the delivered elements is recognized upon delivery of such items. The segment establishes VSOE for hardware and implementation and consulting services based on the price charged when sold separately, and for maintenance services, based on renewal rates offered to customers. Revenue for the software element is recognized under the residual method only when fair value has been established for all of the undelivered elements in an arrangement. If fair value cannot be established for any undelivered element, all of the arrangement’s revenue is deferred until the delivery of the last element or until the fair value of the undelivered element is determinable. Our Technology Solutions segment also includes revenues from disease management programs provided to various states’ Medicaid programs. These service contracts include provisions for achieving certain cost-savings and clinical targets. If the targets are not met for certain of these contracts, a portion, or all, of the revenue must be refunded to the customer. We recognize revenue during the term of the contract by assessing actual performance against contractual targets and then determining the amount the customer would be legally obligated to pay if the contract terminated as of the measurement date. These assessments include estimates of medical claims and other data in accordance with the contract methodology. Because complete data is unavailable until six to nine months after the measurement period, there is generally a significant time delay between recording the accrual and the final settlement of the contract. If data is insufficient to assess performance or we have not met the targets, we defer recognition of the revenue. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, we had deferred $25 million and $26 million related to these types of contracts, which was included in deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. We generally have been successful in achieving performance targets under these agreements.

62

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Supplier Incentives: Fees for service and other incentives received from suppliers, relating to the purchase or distribution of inventory, are generally reported as a reduction to cost of goods sold. We consider these fees and other incentives to represent product discounts and as a result, the amounts are recorded as a reduction of product cost and are recognized through cost of goods sold upon the sale of the related inventory. Supplier Reserves: We establish reserves against amounts due from suppliers relating to various price and rebate incentives, including deductions or billings taken against payments otherwise due to them. These reserve estimates are established based on judgment after considering the status of current outstanding claims, historical experience with the suppliers, the specific incentive programs and any other pertinent information available. We evaluate the amounts due from suppliers on a continual basis and adjust the reserve estimates when appropriate based on changes in factual circumstances. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, supplier reserves were $102 million and $89 million. The ultimate outcome of any outstanding claim may be different than our estimate. All of the supplier reserves at March 31, 2011 and 2010 pertain to our Distribution Solutions segment. Income Taxes: We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Tax benefits from uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon effective settlements. Deferred taxes are not provided on undistributed earnings of our foreign operations that are considered to be permanently reinvested. Foreign Currency Translation: Our international subsidiaries generally consider their local currency to be their functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these international subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at yearend exchange rates and revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year. Cumulative currency translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income or losses in the stockholders’ equity section of the consolidated balance sheets. Realized gains and losses from currency exchange transactions are recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and were not material to our consolidated results of operations in 2011, 2010 or 2009. Derivative Financial Instruments: Derivative financial instruments are used principally in the management of foreign currency and interest rate exposures and are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. If a derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized as a charge or credit to earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or losses and are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. We periodically evaluate hedge effectiveness and ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized as a charge or credit to earnings. Derivative instruments not designated as hedges are marked-to-market at the end of each accounting period with the change included in earnings. The volume of activity related to derivative financial instruments was not material for 2011, 2010 and 2009. Accounts Receivable Sales: At March 31, 2011, we had a $1.35 billion accounts receivable sales facility (“the Facility”). Through this Facility, McKesson Corporation, the parent company, transfers certain U.S. pharmaceutical trade accounts receivable on a non-recourse basis to a wholly-owned and consolidated subsidiary, which then sells these receivables to a special purpose entity (“SPE”), which is a wholly-owned, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of McKesson Corporation that is consolidated in our financial statements. This SPE then sells undivided interests in the pool of accounts receivable to third-party purchaser groups, (the “Purchaser Groups”), which include financial institutions and commercial paper conduits.

63

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Prior to April 1, 2010, sales of undivided interests in the receivables by the SPE to the Purchaser Groups were accounted for as sales because we had relinquished control of the receivables. Accounts receivable sold under these transactions were excluded from receivables, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Fee charges from the Purchaser Groups were recorded within administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. On April 1, 2010, we adopted amended accounting guidance for transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, in which entities have continued exposure to risks related to transferred financial assets. This amendment changed the requirements for derecognizing financial assets and expanded the disclosure requirements for such transactions. The operations of the Facility did not change, however as a result of the amended accounting guidance from April 1, 2010 forward, accounts receivable transactions under our Facility are accounted for as secured borrowings rather than asset sales. Accounts receivable continue to be recognized on our consolidated balance sheet and proceeds from the Purchaser groups are shown as secured borrowings. Commencing in 2011, fee charges from the Purchaser Groups are recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Share-Based Compensation: We account for all share-based compensation transactions using a fair-value based measurement method. The share-based compensation expense is recognized, for the portion of the awards that is ultimately expected to vest, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for those awards with graded vesting and service conditions. For awards with performance conditions and multiple vest dates, we recognize the expense on a graded vesting basis. For awards with performance conditions and a single vest date, we recognize the expense on a straight-line basis. The compensation expense recognized has been classified in the consolidated statements of operations or capitalized on the consolidated balance sheets in the same manner as cash compensation paid to our employees. Loss Contingencies: We are subject to various claims, other pending and potential legal actions for damages, investigations relating to governmental laws and regulations and other matters arising out of the normal conduct of our business. When a loss is considered probable and reasonably estimable, we record a liability in the amount of our best estimate for the ultimate loss. However, the likelihood of a loss with respect to a particular contingency is often difficult to predict and determining a meaningful estimate of the loss or a range of loss may not be practicable based on the information available and the potential effect of future events and decisions by third parties that will determine the ultimate resolution of the contingency. Moreover, it is not uncommon for such matters to be resolved over many years, during which time relevant developments and new information must be reevaluated at least quarterly to determine both the likelihood of potential loss and whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of possible loss. When a loss is probable but a reasonable estimate cannot be made, disclosure of the proceeding is provided. Disclosure also is provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or when it is reasonably possible that the amount of a loss will exceed the recorded provision. We review all contingencies at least quarterly to determine whether the likelihood of loss has changed and to assess whether a reasonable estimate of the loss or range of the loss can be made. As discussed above, development of a meaningful estimate of loss or a range of potential loss is complex when the outcome is directly dependent on negotiations with or decisions by third parties, such as regulatory agencies, the court system and other interested parties. Such factors bear directly on whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss and boundaries of high and low estimate. Business Combinations: We account for acquired businesses using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Effective April 1, 2009, acquisition-related expenses and restructuring costs are recognized separately from the business combinations and are expensed as incurred. Acquisition-related expenses totaled $52 million in 2011 and were not material in 2010.

64

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets: On April 1, 2010, we adopted amended accounting guidance for transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, in which entities have continued exposure to risks related to transferred financial assets. This amendment changed the requirements for derecognizing financial assets and expanded the disclosure requirements for such transactions. As a result of the amended accounting guidance, from April 1, 2010 forward, accounts receivable transactions under our accounts receivable sales facility are accounted for as secured borrowings rather than asset sales. Consolidations: On April 1, 2010, we adopted amended accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs. The new guidance eliminates the quantitative approach previously required for determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE and requires ongoing qualitative reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary, including ongoing assessments of control over such entities. The adoption of this amended guidance did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. Financing Receivables: On October 1, 2010, we adopted amended accounting guidance which expands disclosures regarding credit quality and the related allowance for credit losses of financing receivables. On January 1, 2011, we adopted additional disclosure requirements regarding activity during a reporting period. The adoption of the amended guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial results as these changes relate only to disclosures. Because our financing receivables are not material to our consolidated financial statements, the disclosures required under the new accounting guidance have been omitted from our Financial Notes with the exception of certain accounting policy disclosures which describe how we assess and monitor credit risk associated with our financing receivables. Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures: In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued amended standards that clarify and provide additional disclosure requirements related to recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities. These standards also amend requirements for employer’s disclosure about post retirement benefit plan assets to conform to the fair value disclosure requirement. On January 1, 2010, we adopted the amended standards, except for the disclosures about the roll-forward of activity in Level 3 (measurement using significant unobservable inputs) fair value measurements, which are effective for us on April 1, 2011. The adoption of the amended guidance did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. Newly Issued Accounting Pronouncements Revenue Recognition: In October 2009, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance for multiple-element arrangements. The amended guidance eliminates the use of the residual method and incorporates the use of an estimated selling price to allocate arrangement consideration. The amended guidance will become effective for us for multiple-element arrangements entered into or materially modified on or after April 1, 2011. We do not anticipate the adoption of the amended guidance to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. In October 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance for certain revenue arrangements that include software elements. The guidance amends pre-existing software revenue guidance by removing from its scope tangible products that contain both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s functionality. The amended guidance will become effective for us for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified on or after April 1, 2011. We do not anticipate the adoption of the amended guidance to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. In April 2010, the FASB issued amended accounting guidance for vendors who apply the milestone method of revenue recognition to research and development arrangements. The amended guidance applies to arrangements with payments that are contingent, at inception, upon achieving substantively uncertain future events or circumstances. The amended guidance is effective on a prospective basis for us for milestones achieved on or after April 1, 2011. We do not anticipate the adoption of the amended guidance to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

65

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 2. Business Combinations

On December 30, 2010, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of US Oncology Holdings, Inc. (“US Oncology”) of The Woodlands, Texas for approximately $2.1 billion, consisting of cash consideration of $0.2 billion, net of cash acquired, and the assumption of liabilities with a fair value of $1.9 billion. As an integrated oncology company, US Oncology is affiliated with community-based oncologists, and works with patients, hospitals, payers and the medical industry across all phases of the cancer research and delivery continuum. The acquisition of US Oncology expands our existing specialty pharmaceutical distribution business and adds practice management services for oncologists. The cash paid at acquisition was funded from cash on hand. The following table summarizes the preliminary recording of the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date:
Amounts Recognized Amounts as of Previously Acquisition Recognized as of Measurement Date Acquisition Date Period (Provisional (Provisional) (1) Adjustments as Adjusted) $ 546 $ 116 $ 662 774 34 808 1,099 (92) 1,007 396 (42) 354 (535) 46 (489) (1,751) 16 (1,735) (270) (68) (338) (15) (10) (25) — $ $ 244 $ 244

(In millions) Current assets, net of cash acquired Goodwill Intangible assets Other long-term assets Current liabilities Current portion of long-term debt Other long-term liabilities Other stockholders’ equity Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents

(1) Represents amounts reported in our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2010.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the fair value measurements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date were revised. Due to the recent timing of the acquisition, these amounts are subject to change within the measurement period as our fair value assessments are finalized. Included in the purchase price allocation are acquired identifiable intangibles of $1.0 billion, the fair value of which was determined by using Level 3 inputs, which are estimated using significant unobservable inputs. Acquired intangibles primarily consist of $0.7 billion of service agreements and $0.2 billion of customer lists. The estimated weighted average lives of the service agreements, customer lists and total acquired intangibles are 18 years, 10 years and 16 years. The fair value of the debt acquired was determined primarily by using Level 3 inputs, which are estimated using significant unobservable inputs. Refer to Financial Note 11, “Debt and Financing Activities,” for additional information on the assumption and funding of acquired debt. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets of approximately $808 million was recorded as goodwill, which primarily reflects the expected future benefits to be realized upon integrating the business. Financial results for US Oncology have been included in the results of operations within our Distribution Solutions segment beginning in the fourth quarter of 2011. We recorded $52 million of net acquisition-related expenses in 2011 as follows:

66

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Distribution Solutions 22 9 10 41 — — 41 $ Corporate & Interest Expense — — 2 2 (16) 25 11 $

(In millions)

Operating expenses: Transaction closing expenses $ Severance and relocation Other integration expenses Total operating expenses Other income: reimbursement of post-acquisition interest expense from former shareholders Interest expense: bridge loan fees Total acquisition-related expenses $

Total 22 9 12 43 (16) 25 52

$

$

On May 21, 2008, we acquired McQueary Brothers Drug Company (“McQueary Brothers”) of Springfield, Missouri for approximately $190 million. McQueary Brothers is a regional distributor of pharmaceutical, health and beauty products to independent and regional chain pharmacies in the Midwestern U.S. This acquisition expanded our existing U.S. pharmaceutical distribution business. The acquisition was funded with cash on hand. Financial results for McQueary Brothers have been included within our Distribution Solutions segment since the date of acquisition. The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date:
(In millions)

Goodwill Intangible assets Other assets Accounts payable and other liabilities Net assets acquired, less cash and cash equivalents

$

$

126 67 89 (92) 190

During the first quarter of 2010, the fair value measurements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date were completed. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets of approximately $126 million was recorded as goodwill, which primarily reflected the expected future benefits from synergies to be realized upon integrating the business. Included in the purchase price allocation were acquired identifiable intangibles of $61 million primarily representing a customer relationship with a useful life of 7 years, a trade name of $2 million with a useful life of less than one year and a not-to-compete agreement of $4 million with a useful life of 4 years. During the last three years, we also completed a number of other smaller acquisitions within both of our operating segments. Financial results for our business acquisitions have been included in our consolidated financial statements since their respective acquisition dates. Purchase prices for our business acquisitions have been allocated based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Goodwill recognized for our business acquisitions is generally not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. Pro forma results of operations for our business acquisitions have not been presented because the effects were not material to the consolidated financial statements on either an individual or an aggregate basis. 3. Share-Based Compensation

We provide share-based compensation for our employees, officers and non-employee directors, including stock options, an employee stock purchase plan, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance-based restricted stock units (“PeRSUs”) (collectively, “share-based awards.”) Most of our share-based awards are granted in the first quarter of each fiscal year.

67

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Compensation expense for the share-based awards is recognized for the portion of awards ultimately expected to vest. We estimate the number of share-based awards, which will ultimately vest primarily based on historical experience. The estimated forfeiture rate established upon grant is re-assessed throughout the requisite service period. As required, the forfeiture estimates are adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures when an award vests. The actual forfeitures in future reporting periods could be higher or lower than current estimates. The weighted-average forfeiture rate was approximately 5% at March 31, 2011. The compensation expense recognized has been classified in the consolidated statements of operations or capitalized on the consolidated balance sheets in the same manner as cash compensation paid to our employees. There was no material share-based compensation expense capitalized as part of the cost of an asset in 2011, 2010 and 2009. Impact on Net Income The components of share-based compensation expense and related tax benefits are as follows:
(In millions)

RSUs (1) PeRSUs (2) Stock options Employee stock purchase plan Share-based compensation expense Tax benefit for share-based compensation expense (3) Share-based compensation expense, net of tax

$

$

2011 79 27 22 9 137 (48) 89

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 47 $ 39 19 9 114 (41) $ 73 $

2009 60 13 18 8 99 (34) 65

(1) This expense was primarily the result of PeRSUs awarded in prior years, which converted to RSUs due to the attainment of goals during the applicable years’ performance period. (2) Represents estimated compensation expense for PeRSUs that are conditional upon attaining performance objectives during the current year’s performance period. (3) Income tax expense is computed using the tax rates of applicable tax jurisdictions. Additionally, a portion of pre-tax compensation expense is not tax-deductible.

Stock Plans The 2005 Stock Plan provides our employees, officers and non-employee director’s share-based long-term incentives. The 2005 Stock Plan permits the granting of up to 42.5 million shares in the form of stock options, restricted stock, RSUs, PeRSUs and other share-based awards. As of March 31, 2011, 13 million shares remain available for future grant under the 2005 Stock Plan. Stock Options Stock options are granted at no less than fair market value and those options granted under the 2005 Stock Plan generally have a contractual term of seven years and follow a four-year vesting schedule.

68

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Compensation expense for stock options is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period and is based on the grant-date fair value for the portion of the awards that is ultimately expected to vest. We continue to use the Black-Scholes options-pricing model to estimate the fair value of our stock options. Once the fair value of an employee stock option is determined, current accounting practices do not permit it to be changed, even if the estimates used are different from actual. The options-pricing model requires the use of various estimates and assumptions as follows: – Expected stock price volatility is based on a combination of historical volatility of our common stock and implied market volatility. We believe that this market-based input provides a better estimate of our future stock price movements and is consistent with employee stock option valuation considerations. Expected dividend yield is based on historical experience and investors’ current expectations. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the constant maturity U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the time of grant. Expected life of the options is based primarily on historical employee stock option exercise and other behavior data and reflects the impact of changes in contractual life of current option grants compared to our historical grants.

– – –

Weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of employee stock options were as follows: 2011 29% 1.1% 3% 5 Years Ended March 31, 2010 33% 0.7% 2% 5 2009 27% 0.6% 3% 5

Expected stock price volatility Expected dividend yield Risk-free interest rate Expected life (in years)

The following is a summary of options outstanding at March 31, 2011:
Number of Options Outstanding At Year End (In millions) Options Outstanding WeightedAverage Remaining Contractual Life (Years) Options Exercisable Number of Options WeightedExercisable at Average Year End Exercise Price (In millions)

$ 27.35 - $ 41.02 $ 41.03 - $ 54.70 $ 54.71 - $ 68.37

Range of Exercise Prices

4 1 4 9

3 2 5

$

WeightedAverage Exercise Price

37.26 45.89 62.76

3 1 1 5

$

35.28 46.06 59.95

69

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) The following table summarizes stock option activity during 2011, 2010 and 2009: WeightedAverage Remaining Contractual Term (Years) 3

(In millions, except per share data and years)

Outstanding, March 31, 2008 Granted Exercised Cancelled and forfeited Outstanding, March 31, 2009 Granted Exercised Outstanding, March 31, 2010 Granted Exercised Outstanding, March 31, 2011

Shares 26 1 (1) (7) 19 2 (5) 16 1 (8) 9 9 5

WeightedAverage Exercise Price $ 48.59 57.81 33.49 78.35 39.28 40.59 33.34 41.26 67.95 37.63 49.01 49.01 44.19

Aggregate Intrinsic Value (2) $ 298

3 3 4 4 2

33 394 269 268 174

Vested and expected to vest (1) Vested and exercisable, March 31, 2011

(1) The number of options expected to vest takes into account an estimate of expected forfeitures. (2) The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the period-end market price of the Company’s common stock and the option exercise price, times the number of “in-the-money” option shares.

The following table provides data related to stock option activity:
(In millions, except per share data and years)

Weighted-average grant date fair value per stock option Aggregate intrinsic value on exercise Cash received upon exercise Tax benefits realized related to exercise Total fair value of shares vested Total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options not yet recognized, pre-tax Weighted-average period in years over which stock option compensation cost is expected to be recognized RSUs and PeRSUs

$ $ $ $ $ $

2011 18.37 276 319 106 21 41 1

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 12.56 $ $ 115 $ $ 165 $ $ 37 $ $ 16 $ $ 37 1 $

2009 16.16 30 49 14 13 30 1

RSUs, which entitle the holder to receive at the end of a vesting term a specified number of shares of the Company’s common stock are accounted for at fair value at the date of grant. Total compensation expense for RSUs under our stock plans is determined by the product of the number of shares that are expected to vest and the grant date market price of the Company’s common stock. The Compensation Committee determines the vesting terms at the time of grant. These awards generally vest in three to four years. We recognize expense for RSUs with a single vest date on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. We have elected to expense the grant date fair value of RSUs with only graded vesting and service conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

70

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Non-employee directors receive an annual grant of RSUs, which vest immediately and are expensed upon grant. However, issuance of any underlying shares granted prior to the July 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is deferred until the director is no longer performing services for the Company. For those RSUs granted subsequent to July 2008, the director may choose to receive payment immediately or defer receipt of the underlying shares if they meet director stock ownership guidelines. At March 31, 2011, 113,000 RSUs for our directors are vested, but shares have not been issued. PeRSUs are RSUs for which the number of RSUs awarded may be conditional upon the attainment of one or more performance objectives over a specified period. PeRSUs are accounted for as variable awards until the performance goals are reached and the grant date is established. Total compensation expense for PeRSUs is determined by the product of the number of shares eligible to be awarded and expected to vest, and the market price of the Company’s common stock, commencing at the inception of the requisite service period. During the performance period, the compensation expense for PeRSUs is re-computed using the market price and the performance modifier at the end of a reporting period. At the end of the performance period, if the goals are attained, the awards are granted and classified as RSUs and accounted for on that basis. For PeRSUs granted during or prior to 2009, for which the related RSU grant has multiple vesting dates, we recognize the compensation expense of these awards on a graded vesting basis over the requisite aggregate service period of four years. For PeRSUs granted during or after 2009, for which the related RSU has a single vesting date, we recognize compensation expense of these awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite aggregate service period of four years. The following table summarizes RSU activity during 2011, 2010 and 2009: WeightedAverage Grant Date Fair Value Per Share $ 54.13 57.38 57.61 $ 54.70 40.94 50.42 $ 49.21 67.84 61.05 $ 57.79

(In millions, except per share data)

Nonvested, March 31, 2008 Granted Vested Nonvested, March 31, 2009 Granted Vested Nonvested, March 31, 2010 Granted Vested Nonvested, March 31, 2011

Shares 3 1 (1) 3 2 (1) 4 3 (1) 6

The following table provides data related to RSU activity:
(Dollars in millions)

Total fair value of shares vested $ Total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested RSU awards not yet recognized, pre-tax $ Weighted-average period in years over which RSU cost is expected to be recognized

2011 43 131 2

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 74 $ $ 61 2 $

2009 101 52 1

In May 2010, the Compensation Committee approved 1 million PeRSU target share units representing the base number of awards that could be granted, if goals are attained, and would be granted in the first quarter of 2012 (the “2011 PeRSU”). These target share units are not included in the table above as they have not been granted in the form of RSUs. As of March 31, 2011, the total compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested 2011 PeRSUs not yet recognized was approximately $93 million, pre-tax (based on the period-end market price of the Company’s common stock) and the weighted-average period over which the cost is expected to be recognized is 3 years. 71

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) The Company has an ESPP under which 16 million shares have been authorized for issuance. The ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions. The deductions occur over three-month purchase periods and the shares are then purchased at 85% of the market price at the end of each purchase period. Employees are allowed to terminate their participation in the ESPP at any time during the purchase period prior to the purchase of the shares. The 15% discount provided to employees on these shares is included in compensation expense. The shares related to funds outstanding at the end of a quarter are included in the calculation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding. These amounts have not been significant. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, 1 million shares were issued under the ESPP and 2 million shares remain available for issuance at March 31, 2011. 4. Other Income, Net 2011 18 (6) 16 — — 8 36 Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 16 $ 6 — 17 — 4 $ 43 $ 2009 31 7 — 24 (63) 13 12

(In millions)

Interest income Equity in (loss) earnings, net (1) Reimbursement of post-acquisition interest expense Gain on sale of investment (1) Impairment of investments (1) Other, net Total
(1) Recorded within our Distribution Solutions segment.

$

$

In 2011, other income, net included a credit of $16 million representing the reimbursement of post-acquisition interest expense by the former shareholders of US Oncology, which is recorded in Corporate. In 2010, we sold our 50% equity interest in McKesson Logistics Solutions LLC (“MLS”), a Canadian logistics company, for a pre-tax gain of $17 million or $14 million after-tax. In 2009, we sold our 42% equity interest in Verispan LLC, a data analytics company, for a pre-tax gain of $24 million or $14 million after-tax. We evaluate our investments for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values of such investments may have experienced an other-than-temporary decline in value. In 2009, we determined that the fair value of our interest in Parata Systems, LLC (“Parata”) was lower than its carrying value and that such impairment was other-than-temporary. Fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on estimated future results and market capitalization rates. We determined the impairment was other-than-temporary based on our assessment of all relevant factors including deterioration in the investee’s financial condition and weak market conditions. As a result, we recorded a pre-tax impairment of $58 million ($55 million after-tax) on this investment, which is recorded within other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Our investment in Parata is accounted for under the equity method of accounting In 2009, we also recorded a pre-tax impairment of $5 million ($5 million after-tax) on another equity-held investment.

72

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 5. Income Taxes 2011 1,161 474 1,635 Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ $ 1,340 524 1,864 $ $ 2009 623 441 1,064

(In millions)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes U.S. $ Foreign Total income from continuing operations before income taxes $

The provision for income taxes related to continuing operations consists of the following:
(In millions)

Current Federal State and local Foreign Total current Deferred Federal State and local Foreign Total deferred Income tax provision

2011 $ 283 40 54 377 121 1 6 128 505

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 255 25 44 324 269 13 (5) 277 601 $

2009 177 (111) 35 101 69 62 9 140 241

$

$

$

In 2011, income tax expense included $34 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items, which primarily relate to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest. In 2009, income tax expense included $111 million of net income tax benefits for discrete items of which, $87 million represents a non-cash benefit. These benefits primarily relate to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest. The recognition of these discrete items was primarily due to the lapsing of the statutes of limitations. The U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is currently examining our fiscal years 2003 through 2006 and we anticipate the field work will be completed and they will issue the Revenue Agent Report in our first quarter of fiscal 2012. We have received assessments from the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) for a total of $169 million related to transfer pricing for 2003 through 2007. Payments of most of the assessments to the CRA have been made to stop the accrual of interest. We have appealed the assessment for 2003 to the Tax Court of Canada and have filed a notice of objection for 2004 through 2007. If we are not successful in resolving these issues with the CRA, a trial date has been set for October 17, 2011 with the Tax Court of Canada. We believe that we have adequately provided for any potential adverse results relating to the IRS and CRA examinations. However, the final resolution of these issues could result in an increase or decrease to income tax expense. In nearly all jurisdictions, the tax years prior to 2003 are no longer subject to examination.

73

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Significant judgments and estimates are required in determining the consolidated income tax provision. Although our major taxing jurisdictions are the U.S. and Canada, we are subject to income taxes in numerous foreign jurisdictions. Annually, we file a federal consolidated income tax return with the IRS and over 1,200 returns with various state and foreign jurisdictions. Our income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect management’s best assessment of estimated current and future taxes to be paid. The reconciliation between our effective tax rate on income from continuing operations and statutory tax rate is as follows:
(In millions)

Income tax provision at federal statutory rate State and local income taxes net of federal tax benefit Foreign income taxed at various rates Unrecognized tax benefits and settlements Tax credits Other, net Income tax provision

$

$

2011 572 33 (105) 14 (16) 7 505

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 652 $ 25 (144) 53 (8) 23 $ 601 $

2009 372 18 (120) (21) (20) 12 241

At March 31, 2011, undistributed earnings of our foreign operations totaling $2.7 billion were considered to be permanently reinvested. No deferred tax liability has been recognized on the basis difference created by such earnings since it is our intention to utilize those earnings in the foreign operations as well as to fund certain research and development activities for an indefinite period of time. The determination of the amount of deferred taxes on these earnings is not practicable because the computation would depend on a number of factors that cannot be known until a decision to repatriate the earnings is made. Deferred tax balances consisted of the following:
(In millions)

Assets Receivable allowances Deferred revenue Compensation and benefit related accruals AWP litigation accrual Loss and credit carryforwards Other Subtotal Less: valuation allowance Total assets Liabilities Basis difference for inventory valuation and other assets Basis difference for fixed assets and systems development costs Intangibles Other Total liabilities Net deferred tax liability Current net deferred tax liability Long-term net deferred tax asset Net deferred tax liability

2011 $ 48 107 409 97 494 241 1,396 (99) 1,297 (1,450) (221) (532) (58) (2,261) (964) (1,036) 72 (964)

March 31, $

2010 56 107 349 56 481 235 1,284 (97) 1,187 (1,363) (210) (209) (63) (1,845) (658) (975) 317 (658)

$ $

$ $

$ $ $

$ $ $

74

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) We have federal, state and foreign income tax net operating loss carryforwards of $267 million, $2.9 billion and $239 million. The federal and state net operating losses will expire at various dates from 2012 through 2031. Substantially all of our foreign net operating losses have indefinite lives. We believe that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards may not be realized. In recognition of this risk, we have provided valuation allowances of $16 million and $58 million on the deferred tax assets relating to these state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards. We also have state capital loss carryforwards of $27 million which will expire at various dates from 2012 through 2015. We also have domestic income tax credit carryforwards of $191 million which are primarily alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards that have an indefinite life. However, we believe that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain state tax credits of $15 million may not be fully realized. In recognition of this risk, we have provided a valuation allowance of $2 million. In addition, we have Canadian research and development credit carryforwards of $12 million. The Canadian research and development credits will expire at various dates from 2018 to 2031. On December 30, 2010, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of US Oncology. As part of acquisition accounting, we recorded net deferred tax liabilities of $170 million on the opening balance sheet. The $170 million included deferred tax liabilities of $339 million for basis differences in intangible assets, offset by deferred tax assets of $83 million for federal and state net operating losses and $86 million for other future deductible and taxable differences. The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits for the last three years:
(In millions)

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period Additions based on tax positions related to prior years Reductions based on tax positions related to prior years Additions based on tax positions related to current year Reductions based on settlements Reductions based on the lapse of the applicable statutes of limitations Unrecognized tax benefits at end of period

$

2011 619 32 (60) 50 (6) — 635

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 526 $ 50 (12) 72 (16) $ (1) 619 $

2009 496 77 — 61 (41) (67) 526

$

Of the total $635 million in unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2011, $415 million would reduce income tax expense and the effective tax rate if recognized. During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that audit resolutions and the expiration of statutes of limitations could potentially reduce our unrecognized tax benefits by up to $88 million. However, this amount may change because we continue to have ongoing negotiations with various taxing authorities throughout the year. We report interest and penalties on tax deficiencies as income tax expense. At March 31, 2011, before any tax benefits, our accrued interest on unrecognized tax benefits amounted to $136 million. We recognized an income tax expense of $16 million, before any tax effect, related to interest in our consolidated statements of operations during 2011. We have no material amounts accrued for penalties. 6. Discontinued Operation

In July 2010, our Technology Solutions segment sold its wholly-owned subsidiary, McKesson Asia Pacific Pty Limited (“MAP”), a provider of phone and web-based healthcare services in Australia and New Zealand, for net sales proceeds of $109 million. The divestiture generated a pre-tax and after-tax gain of $95 million and $72 million. As a result of the sale, we were able to utilize capital loss carry-forwards for which we previously recorded a valuation allowance of $15 million. The release of the valuation allowance is included as a tax benefit in our aftertax gain on the divestiture. The after-tax gain on disposition was recorded as a discontinued operation in our statement of operations in 2011. The historical financial operating results and net assets of MAP were not material to our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. 75

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 7. Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted earnings per common share are computed similar to basic earnings per common share except that it reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities or other obligations to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. Potentially dilutive securities primarily include outstanding stock options, RSUs and PeRSUs. The computations for basic and diluted earnings per common share from continuing and discontinued operations are as follows:
(In millions, except per share amounts)

Income from continuing operations Discontinued operation - gain on sale, net of tax Net income Weighted average common shares outstanding: Basic Effect of dilutive securities: Options to purchase common stock Restricted stock units Diluted Earnings per common share: (1) Basic Continuing operations Discontinued operation, net Total Diluted Continuing operations Discontinued operation, net Total
(1) Certain computations may reflect rounding adjustments.

$ $

2011 1,130 72 1,202 258 3 2 263

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 1,263 $ — $ 1,263 $ 269 3 1 273

2009 823 — 823 275 3 1 279

$ $ $ $

4.37 0.28 4.65 4.29 0.28 4.57

$ $ $ $

4.70 — 4.70 4.62 — 4.62

$ $ $ $

2.99 — 2.99 2.95 — 2.95

Approximately 6 million, 8 million and 5 million of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computations of diluted net earnings per common share in 2011, 2010 and 2009, as they were anti-dilutive. 8. Receivables, Net 2011 7,982 1,341 9,323 (136) 9,187 March 31, $ 2010 7,256 968 8,224 (149) 8,075

(In millions)

Customer accounts Other Total Allowances Net

$

$

$

The allowances are primarily for estimated uncollectible accounts and sales returns to vendors.

76

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 9. Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
2011 70 1,973 2,043 (1,052) 991 March 31, $ 2010 50 1,808 1,858 (1,007) 851

(In millions) Land Building, machinery, equipment and other Total property, plant and equipment Accumulated depreciation Property, plant and equipment, net

$

$

$

10. Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows:
(In millions) Balance, March 31, 2009 Goodwill acquired Acquisition accounting and other adjustments Foreign currency translation adjustments Balance, March 31, 2010 Goodwill acquired Acquisition accounting and other adjustments Foreign currency translation adjustments Balance, March 31, 2011 Distribution Solutions 1,869 7 (26) 21 1,871 819 (32) 4 2,662 Technology Solutions Total 11 (26) 55

$

$

1,659

$

$

1,697

4 — 34

$

3,528

$

$

1,702

8 (13) 10

$

3,568

$

4,364

827 (45) 14

Information regarding intangible assets is as follows:
March 31, 2011 Weighted Average Remaining Gross Amortization Carrying Accumulated Period (years) Amount Amortization 7 $ 1,057 $ (444) 17 723 (11) 14 76 (31) 3 204 (170) 9 76 (24) $ 2,136 $ (680) March 31, 2010 Net Carrying Amount $ 613 712 45 34 52 $ 1,456 Gross Carrying Amount $ 832 — 45 190 29 $ 1,096 Net Carrying Amount $ 485 — 25 34 7 $ 551

(In millions) Customer lists Service agreements Trademarks and trade names Technology Other Total

Accumulated Amortization $ (347) — (20) (156) (22) $ (545)

Amortization expense of intangible assets was $132 million, $121 million and $128 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009. Estimated annual amortization expense of intangible assets is as follows: $186 million, $168 million, $154 million, $136 million and $115 million for 2012 through 2016, and $697 million thereafter. All intangible assets were subject to amortization as of March 31, 2011 and 2010.

77

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 11. Debt and Financing Activities
(In millions)

7.75% Notes due February, 2012 5.25% Notes due March, 2013 6.50% Notes due February, 2014 3.25% Notes due March, 2016 5.70% Notes due March, 2017 7.50% Notes due February, 2019 4.75% Notes dues March, 2021 7.65% Debentures due March, 2027 6.00% Notes due March, 2041 Other Total debt Less current portion Total long-term debt Senior Bridge Term Loan Facility

$

$

2011 399 499 350 598 499 349 598 175 493 44 4,004 (417) 3,587

March 31, $

$

2010 399 499 350 — 499 349 — 175 — 25 2,296 (3) 2,293

In connection with our execution of an agreement to acquire US Oncology, in November 2010 we entered into a $2.0 billion unsecured Senior Bridge Term Loan Agreement (“Bridge Loan”). In December 2010, we reduced the Bridge Loan commitment to $1.0 billion. On January 31, 2011, we borrowed $1.0 billion under the Bridge Loan. On February 28, 2011, we repaid the funds obtained under the Bridge Loan with long-term debt, as further described below, and the Senior Bridge Term Loan Agreement was terminated. During the time it was outstanding, the Bridge Loan bore interest of 1.76%, which was based on the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin based on the Company’s credit rating. Bridge Loan fees of $25 million were included in interest expense. US Oncology Debt Acquired Upon our purchase of US Oncology in December 2010, we assumed the outstanding debt of US Oncology Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary US Oncology, Inc. Immediately prior to our acquisition, US Oncology Holdings, Inc. called for redemption all of its outstanding Senior Unsecured Floating Rate Toggle Notes due 2012 and US Oncology, Inc. called for redemption all of its outstanding 9.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 and 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we paid interest of $50 million and redeemed these notes, including the remaining accrued interest for $1,738 million using cash on hand and borrowings under our Bridge Loan. Long-Term Debt On February 28, 2011, we issued 3.25% notes due March 1, 2016 in an aggregate principal amount of $600 million, 4.75% notes due March 1, 2021 in an aggregate principal amount of $600 million and 6.00% notes due March 1, 2041 in an aggregate principal amount of $500 million. Interest is payable on March 1 and September 1 of each year beginning on September 1, 2011. We utilized net proceeds, after discounts and offering expenses, of $1,673 million from the issuance of these notes (each note constitutes a “Series”) for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of borrowings under the Bridge Loan.

78

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) On February 12, 2009, we issued 6.50% notes due February 15, 2014 in an aggregate principal amount of $350 million and 7.50% notes due February 15, 2019 in an aggregate principal amount of $350 million. Interest is payable on February 15 and August 15 of each year. We utilized net proceeds, after discounts and offering expenses, of $693 million from the issuance of these notes (each note constitutes a “Series”) for general corporate purposes. Each Series constitutes an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Company and ranks equally with all of the Company’s existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness outstanding from time-to-time. Each Series is governed by materially similar indentures and an officers’ certificate specifying certain terms of each Series. Upon 30 days notice to holders of a Series, we may redeem that Series at any time prior to maturity, in whole or in part, for cash at redemption prices that include accrued and unpaid interest and a make-whole premium, as specified in the indenture and officers’ certificate relating to that Series. In the event of the occurrence of both (1) a change of control of the Company and (2) a downgrade of a Series below an investment grade rating by each of Fitch Ratings, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services within a specified period, an offer will be made to purchase that Series from the holders at a price in cash equal to 101% of the then outstanding principal amount of that Series, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of repurchase. The indenture and the related officers’ certificate for each Series, subject to the exceptions and in compliance with the conditions as applicable, specify that we may not incur liens, enter into sale and leaseback transactions or consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets. The indentures also contain customary events and default provisions. In March 2010, we repaid our $215 million 9.13% Series C Senior Notes which had matured. Scheduled future principal payments of long-term debt are $417 million in 2012, $509 million in 2013, $352 million in 2014, $2 million in 2015, $604 million in 2016 and $2.1 billion thereafter. Accounts Receivable Sales Facility In May 2010, we renewed our accounts receivable sales facility (the “Facility”) for an additional one year period under terms substantially similar to those previously in place, and in doing so, we increased our committed balance from $1.1 billion to $1.35 billion. From time-to-time, the available amount of the Facility may be less than $1.35 billion based on accounts receivable concentration limits and other eligibility requirements. The renewed Facility will expire in May 2011. We anticipate renewing this facility before its expiration. Through the Facility, McKesson Corporation, the parent company, transfers certain U.S. pharmaceutical trade accounts receivable on a non-recourse basis to a wholly-owned and consolidated subsidiary, which then sells these receivables to a special purpose entity (“SPE”), which is a wholly-owned, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of McKesson Corporation that is consolidated in our financial statements. This SPE then sells undivided interests in the pool of accounts receivable to third-party purchaser groups (the “Purchaser Groups”), which include financial institutions and commercial paper conduits. Interests in the pool of accounts receivable that are sold to the Purchaser Groups and accounts receivable retained by the Company are carried at face value, which, due to the short-term nature of our accounts receivable and terms of the Facility, approximates fair value. McKesson receives cash in the amount of the face value for the undivided interests sold. No gain or loss is recorded upon the utilization of the facility as fee charges from the Purchaser Groups are based upon a floating yield rate and the period the undivided interests remain outstanding.

79

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) The Facility contains requirements relating to the performance of the accounts receivable and covenants relating to the SPE and the Company. If we do not comply with these covenants, our ability to use the Facility may be suspended and repayment of any outstanding balances under the Facility may be required. At March 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all covenants. Should we default under the Facility, the Purchaser Groups are entitled to receive only collections on the accounts receivable owned by the SPE. Prior to 2011, transactions in the Facility were accounted for as sales because we met the requirements of the existing accounting guidance, including relinquishing control of the accounts receivable. Accordingly, accounts receivable sold would have been excluded from accounts receivable, net in the accompanying March 31, 2010 consolidated balance sheet had any balances been outstanding in the Facility at that date. On April 1, 2010, we adopted amended accounting guidance for transfers of financial assets. Transactions under the Facility no longer meet the requirements for sale as defined in the amended accounting guidance primarily because the Company’s retained interest in the pool of accounts receivable is subordinated to the Purchaser Groups to the extent there is any outstanding balance in the Facility. Consequently, the related accounts receivable would continue to be recognized on our consolidated balance sheets and proceeds from the Purchaser Groups would be shown as secured borrowings. Commencing in 2011, fee charges from the Purchaser Groups are recorded in interest expense within the consolidated statements of operations. Prior to 2011, these fee charges were recorded in Corporate administrative expenses. Additionally, any proceeds from these accounts receivable transactions would be reflected in the financing section within the statements of cash flows. We continue servicing the accounts receivable sold. No servicing asset is recorded at the time of utilization of the facility because we do not receive any servicing fees from third parties or other income related to servicing the receivable. We do not record any servicing liability at the time of the utilization of the facility as the accounts receivable collection period is relatively short and the costs of servicing the accounts receivable over the servicing period are insignificant. Servicing costs are recognized as incurred over the servicing period. Information regarding receivables subject to borrowings as of March 31, 2011 or our outstanding balances related to our interests in accounts receivable sold or qualifying receivables retained as of March 31, 2010 is as follows:
(In millions)

Receivables subject to borrowings or sold Receivables retained, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

$

2011 — N/A

March 31, $

2010 — 4,887

The following table summarizes the activity related to our interests in accounts receivable sold:
(In millions)

Proceeds from accounts receivable sales Fees and charges (1)

$

2011 N/A 9

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ — $ 11

2009 5,780 10

(1) Recorded in interest expense in 2011 and operating expenses in 2010 and 2009 in the consolidated statements of operations.

The delinquency ratio for the qualifying receivables represented less than 1% of the total qualifying receivables as of March 31, 2011 and 2010.

80

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Revolving Credit Facility We have a syndicated $1.3 billion five-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility, which expires in June 2012. Borrowings under this credit facility bear interest based upon either a Prime rate or the London Interbank Offered Rate. There were no borrowings under this facility in 2011 or 2010 and $279 million for 2009. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility. Commercial Paper There were no commercial paper issuances during 2011 and 2010 and no amount outstanding at March 31, 2011 and 2010. We issued and repaid $3.3 billion of commercial paper in 2009. Debt Covenants Our various borrowing facilities and long-term debt are subject to certain covenants. Our principal debt covenant is our debt to capital ratio under our unsecured revolving credit facility, which cannot exceed 56.5%. If we exceed this ratio, repayment of debt outstanding under the revolving credit facility could be accelerated. As of March 31, 2011, this ratio was 35.7% and we were in compliance with our other financial covenants. 12. Pension Benefits We maintain a number of qualified and nonqualified defined pension benefit plans and defined contribution plans for eligible employees. Defined Pension Benefit Plans Eligible U.S. employees who were employed by the Company prior to December 31, 1996 are covered under the Company-sponsored defined benefit retirement plan. In 1997, we amended this plan to freeze all plan benefits based on each employee’s plan compensation and creditable service accrued to that date. The Company has made no annual contributions since this plan was frozen. The benefits for this defined benefit retirement plan are based primarily on age of employees at date of retirement, years of service and employees’ pay during the five years prior to retirement. We also have defined benefit pension plans for eligible Canadian and United Kingdom employees as well as an unfunded nonqualified supplemental defined benefit plan for certain U.S. executives. Defined benefit plan assets and obligations are measured as of the Company’s fiscal year-end. The net periodic expense for our pension plans is as follows:
(In millions)

Service cost—benefits earned during the year Interest cost on projected benefit obligation Expected return on assets Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss, prior service costs and net transitional obligation Settlement charges and other Net periodic pension expense

$

2011

6 31 (29) 28 — 36

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 4 $ 35 (24) 25 — 40

2009

6 33 (39) 10 1 11

$

$

$

The projected unit credit method is utilized in measuring net periodic pension expense over the employees’ service life for the U.S. pension plans. Unrecognized actuarial losses exceeding 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market value of assets are amortized straight-line over the average remaining future service periods.

81

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Information regarding the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for our pension plans is as follows: Years Ended March 31,
(In millions)

Change in benefit obligations Benefit obligation at beginning of period Service cost Interest cost Actuarial loss Benefit payments Foreign exchange impact and other Benefit obligation at end of period (1) Change in plan assets Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period Actual return on plan assets Employer and participant contributions Benefits paid Foreign exchange impact and other Fair value of plan assets at end of period Funded status at end of period (2) Amounts recognized on the balance sheet Noncurrent assets Current liabilities Noncurrent liabilities Total

2011 $ 593 6 31 21 (32) 6 625 391 40 11 (32) 6 416 (209) 4 (4) (209) (209) $

2010 456 4 35 132 (38) 4 593 309 97 18 (38) 5 391 (202) — (4) (198) (202)

$ $

$ $

$ $ $ $

$ $ $ $

(1) The benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation. (2) The unfunded status of our plans at March 31, 2011 and 2010 was primarily due to the unfavorable effect from the reduction in discount rates.

The accumulated benefit obligations for our pension plans were $622 million at March 31, 2011 and $574 million at March 31, 2010. The following table provides the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for all our pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.
(In millions)

Projected benefit obligation Accumulated benefit obligation Fair value of plan assets

$

2011 533 529 319

March 31, $

2010 503 499 307

82

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:
(In millions)

Net actuarial loss Prior service cost Net transition obligation Total

$ $

2011 239 2 1 242

March 31, $ $

2010 253 4 1 258

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss (income) during the reporting periods were as follows:
(In millions)

Net actuarial loss Prior service credit Amortization of: Net actuarial loss Prior service cost Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive loss (income)

$

2011 10 — (26) (2)

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 59 $ (2) (23) (2) $ 32 $

2009 121 — (10) (2) 109

$

(18)

We expect to amortize $2 million of prior service cost and $25 million of actuarial loss for the pension plans from stockholders’ equity to pension expense in 2012. Comparable 2011 amounts were $2 million and $26 million. Projected benefit obligations relating to our unfunded U.S. plans were $154 million and $137 million at March 31, 2011 and 2010. Pension obligations for our unfunded plans are funded based on the recommendations of independent actuaries. Expected benefit payments for our pension plans are as follows: $38 million, $42 million, $34 million, $136 million and $36 million for 2012 to 2016 and $194 million for 2017 through 2021. Expected benefit payments are based on the same assumptions used to measure the benefit obligations and include estimated future employee service. Expected contributions to be made for our pension plans are $16 million for 2012. Weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the net periodic pension expense and the actuarial present value of benefit obligations were as follows: 2011 5.30% 3.75 7.79 4.99% 3.74 Years Ended March 31, 2010 7.68% 3.62 7.90 5.33% 3.75 2009 5.34% 3.93 7.75 7.74% 3.93

Net periodic pension expense Discount rates Rate of increase in compensation Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets Benefit obligation Discount rates Rate of increase in compensation

Our U.S. defined benefit pension plan liabilities are valued using a discount rate based on a yield curve developed from a portfolio of high quality corporate bonds rated AA or better whose maturities are aligned with the expected benefit payments of our plans. For March 31, 2011, we used a weighted average discount rate of 4.88%, which represents a decrease of 41 basis points from our 2010 weighted-average discount rate of 5.29%.

83

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Sensitivity to changes in the weighted-average discount rate for our U.S. pension plans is as follows:
(In millions)

Increase (decrease) on projected benefit obligation Increase (decrease) on net periodic pension cost Plan Assets

One Percentage Point Increase $ (36) (2)

One Percentage Point Decrease $ 42 3

Investment Strategy: The overall objective for McKesson’s pension plan assets is to generate long-term investment returns consistent with capital preservation and prudent investment practices, with a diversification of asset types and investment strategies. Periodic adjustments are made to provide liquidity for benefit payments and to rebalance plan assets to their target allocations. The target allocations for plan assets at March 31, 2011 are 61% equity securities, 32% fixed income securities and 7% to all other types of investments including cash and cash equivalents. The target allocations for plan assets at March 31, 2010 were 59% equity securities, 33% fixed income securities and 8% to all other types of investments including cash and cash equivalents. Equity securities include primarily exchange-traded common stock and preferred stock of companies from diverse industries. Fixed income securities include corporate bonds of companies from diverse industries, government securities, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and other. Other investments include real estate funds, hedge funds and cash and cash equivalents. Portions of the equity, fixed income and cash and cash equivalent investments are held in commingled funds. We develop our expected long-term rate of return assumption based on the historical experience of our portfolio and review of projected performance by asset class of broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices. Our target asset allocation was determined based on the risk tolerance characteristics of the plans and at times may be adjusted to achieve our overall investment objectives. Fair Value Measurements: The following tables represent our pension plan assets as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, using the fair value hierarchy by asset class. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value. Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. Level 2 refers to fair values estimated using significant other observable inputs and Level 3 includes fair values estimated using significant unobservable inputs.
(In millions)

Cash and cash equivalents Equity securities: Common and preferred stock Equity commingled funds Fixed income securities: Government securities Corporate bonds Mortgage-backed securities Asset-backed securities and other Fixed income commingled funds Other: Real estate funds Hedge funds Total Receivables (1) Payables (1) Total
(1) Represents pending trades at March 31, 2011.

Level 1 $ 14 104 — — — — — — — — 118

$

March 31, 2011 Level 2 Level 3 31 $ — 1 144 20 26 28 19 34 — — 303 — — — — — — — 5 5 10

$

Total 45 105 144 20 26 28 19 34 5 5 431 19 (34) 416

$

$

$

$ $

84

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued)
(In millions)

Cash and cash equivalents Equity securities: Common and preferred stock Equity commingled funds Fixed income securities: Government securities Corporate bonds Mortgage-backed securities Asset-backed securities and other Fixed income commingled funds Other: Real estate funds Hedge funds Total Receivables (1) Payables (1) Total
(1) Represents pending trades at March 31, 2010.

Level 1 $ 10 104 — — — — — — — — 114

$

March 31, 2010 Level 2 Level 3 17 $ — 1 126 23 41 17 15 22 — — 262 — — — — 1 1 — 19 5 26

$

Total 27 105 126 23 41 18 16 22 19 5 402 6 (17) 391

$

$

$

$ $

Cash and cash equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents consist of short-term investment funds that maintain daily liquidity and have a constant unit value of $1.00. The funds invest in short-term domestic fixed income securities and other securities with debt-like characteristics emphasizing short-term maturities and quality. Cash and cash equivalents are generally classified as Level 1 investments. Some cash and cash equivalents are held in commingled funds, which have a daily net value derived from quoted prices for the underlying securities in active markets; these are classified as Level 2 investments. Common and preferred stock – This investment class consists of common and preferred shares issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporations. Common shares are traded actively on exchanges and price quotes are readily available. Preferred shares are not actively traded. Holdings of common shares are generally classified as Level 1 investments. Preferred shares are classified as Level 2 investments. Equity commingled funds – Some equity securities consisting of common and preferred stock are held in commingled funds, which have daily net asset values derived from quoted prices for the underlying securities in active markets; these are classified as Level 2 investments. Government securities – This investment class consists of bonds and debentures issued by central governments or federal agencies. Multiple prices and price types are obtained from pricing vendors whenever possible, which enables cross-provider validations. We have obtained an understanding of how these prices are derived, including the nature and observability of the inputs used in deriving such prices. These securities are classified as Level 2 investments. Corporate bonds – This investment class consists of bonds and debentures issued by corporations. Multiple prices and price types are obtained from pricing vendors whenever possible, which enables cross-provider validations. We have obtained an understanding of how these prices are derived, including the nature and observability of the inputs used in deriving such prices. When inputs are observable, securities are classified as Level 2 investments; otherwise, securities are classified as Level 3 investments.

85

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Mortgage-backed securities – This investment class consists of debt obligations secured by a mortgage or collection of mortgages. Multiple prices and price types are obtained from pricing vendors whenever possible, which enables cross-provider validations. We have obtained an understanding of how these prices are derived, including the nature and observability of the inputs used in deriving such prices. When inputs are observable, securities are classified as Level 2 investments; otherwise, securities are classified as Level 3 investments. Asset-backed securities and other – This investment class consists of debt obligations secured by non-mortgagebacked assets or pools of assets. Multiple prices and price types are obtained from pricing vendors whenever possible, which enables cross-provider validations. We have obtained an understanding of how these prices are derived, including the nature and observability of the inputs used in deriving such prices. When inputs are observable, securities are classified as Level 2 investments; otherwise, securities are classified as Level 3 investments. Fixed income commingled funds – Some of the fixed income securities are held in commingled funds, which have daily net asset values derived from the underlying securities; these are classified as Level 2 investments. Real estate funds – The value of the real estate funds is reported by the fund manager and is based on a valuation of the underlying properties. Inputs used in the valuation include items such as cost, discounted future cash flows, independent appraisals and market based comparable data. The real estate funds are classified as Level 3 investments. Hedge funds – The hedge funds are invested in fund-of-fund structures and consist of multiple investments in interest and currency funds designed to hedge the risk of rate fluctuations. Given the complex nature of valuation and the broad spectrums of investments, the hedge funds are classified as Level 3 investments. The following table represents a reconciliation of Level 3 plan assets held during the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2011:
(In millions)

Balance at March 31, 2009 Unrealized (loss) on plan assets still held Balance at March 31, 2010 Purchases, sales and settlements Transfer in and/or out of Level 3 Balance at March 31, 2011

Real Estate Funds $ 25 (6) $ 19 (14) — $ 5

Hedge Funds $ 5 — $ 5 — — $ 5

Other 2 — $ 2 — (2) $ — $

$ $ $

Total 32 (6) 26 (14) (2) 10

Concentration of Credit Risk: We evaluated our pension plans’ asset portfolios for the existence of significant concentrations of credit risk as of March 31, 2011. Types of concentrations that were evaluated include investment funds that represented 10% or more of the pension plans’ net assets. As of March 31, 2011, 11% of our plan assets is comprised of Bartram International Fund, which holds only actively traded stock. Other Defined Benefit Plans Under various U.S. bargaining unit labor contracts, we make payments into multi-employer pension plans established for union employees. We are liable for a proportionate part of the plans’ unfunded vested benefit upon our withdrawal from the plan; however, information regarding the relative position of each employer with respect to the actuarial present value of accumulated benefits and net assets available for benefits is not available. Contributions to the plans and amounts accrued were not material for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

86

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Defined Contribution Plans We have a contributory profit sharing investment plan (“PSIP”) for U.S. employees not covered by collective bargaining arrangements. Effective January 1, 2011, eligible employees may contribute to the PSIP up to 75% of their monthly eligible compensation for pre-tax contributions and up to 75% of compensation for catch-up contributions not to exceed IRS limits. The Company makes matching contributions in an amount equal to 100% of the employee’s first 3% of pay contributed and 50% for the next 2% of pay contributed. The Company also may make an additional annual matching contribution for each plan year to enable participants to receive a full match based on their annual contribution. The Company’s leveraged employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) had purchased an aggregate of 24 million shares of the Company’s common stock since its inception. These purchases were financed by 10 to 20 year loans from or guaranteed by us. At March 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no outstanding ESOP loans nor the related receivables from the ESOP as the ESOP fully repaid the loans during 2010. The loans were repaid by the ESOP from interest earnings on cash balances and common dividends on unallocated shares and Company cash contributions. The ESOP loan maturities and rates were identical to the terms of related Company borrowings. Stock was made available from the ESOP based on debt service payments on ESOP borrowings. In 2011 and 2009, the Company made contributions primarily in cash or with the issuance of treasury shares. In the first quarter of 2011, all of the 24 million common shares had been allocated to plan participants. As a result, future PSIP contributions will be funded with cash or treasury shares. The McKesson Corporation PSIP was a member of the settlement class in the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action. On April 27, 2009, the court issued an order approving the distribution of the settlement funds. On October 9, 2009, the PSIP received approximately $119 million of the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action proceeds. Approximately $42 million of the proceeds were attributable to the allocated shares of McKesson common stock owned by the PSIP participants during the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action class-holding period and were allocated to the respective participants on that basis in the third quarter of 2010. Approximately $77 million of the proceeds were attributable to the unallocated shares (the “Unallocated Proceeds”) of McKesson common stock owned by the PSIP in an ESOP suspense account. In accordance with the plan terms, the PSIP distributed all of the Unallocated Proceeds to current PSIP participants after the close of the plan year in April 2010. The receipt of the Unallocated Proceeds by the PSIP was reimbursement for the loss in value of the Company’s common stock held by the PSIP in its ESOP suspense account during the Consolidated Securities Litigation Action class-holding period and was not a contribution made by the Company to the PSIP or ESOP. Accordingly, there were no accounting consequences to the Company’s financial statements relating to the receipt of the Unallocated Proceeds by the PSIP. As a result of the PSIP’s receipt of the Unallocated Proceeds, in 2010 the Company contributed $1 million to the PSIP. Accordingly, the PSIP expense for 2010 was nominal. In 2011, the Company resumed its contributions to the PSIP. PSIP expense by segment for the last three years was as follows:
(In millions)

Distribution Solutions Technology Solutions Corporate PSIP expense Cost of sales (1) Operating expenses PSIP expense

$ $ $ $

2011 23 32 4 59 17 42 59

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ — $ 1 — $ 1 $ $ $ — 1 1 $ $

2009 23 28 2 53 12 41 53

(1) Amounts recorded to cost of sales pertain solely to our McKesson Technology Solutions segment.

87

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 13. Postretirement Benefits We maintain a number of postretirement benefits, primarily consisting of healthcare and life insurance (“welfare”) benefits, for certain eligible U.S. employees. Eligible employees consist of those who retired before March 31, 1999 and those who retired after March 31, 1999, but were an active employee as of that date, after meeting other age-related criteria. We also provide postretirement benefits for certain U.S. executives. Defined benefit plan obligations are measured as of the Company’s fiscal year-end. The net periodic expense (income) for our postretirement welfare benefits is as follows:
(In millions)

Service cost—benefits earned during the year Interest cost on projected benefit obligation Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss (gain) and prior service costs Net periodic postretirement expense (income)

$

2011

1 8

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ 1 $ 9 $ (25) (15) $

2009

1 10

$

(4) 5

(14) (3)

Information regarding the changes in benefit obligations for our postretirement welfare plans is as follows:
(In millions)

Change in benefit obligations Benefit obligation at beginning of period Service cost Interest cost Actuarial loss Benefit payments Benefit obligation at end of period

Years Ended March 31, 2011 2010 $ 154 1 8 2 (13) 152 $ 133 1 9 26 (15) 154

$

$

The components of the amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income for the Company’s other postretirement benefits at March 31, 2011 and 2010 were net actuarial loss of $5 million and net actuarial gain of $1 million and net prior service credits of $2 million and $2 million. Other changes in benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income were net actuarial losses of $6 million for 2011 and $51 million for 2010 and net actuarial gain of $12 million for 2009. We estimate that the amortization of the actuarial loss from stockholders’ equity to other postretirement expense in 2012 will be $1 million ($4 million of actuarial gain in 2011). Other postretirement benefits are funded as claims are paid. Expected benefit payments for our postretirement welfare benefit plans, net of expected Medicare subsidy receipts of $1 million annually, are as follows: $12 million annually for 2012 to 2016 and $56 million cumulatively for 2017 through 2021. Expected benefit payments are based on the same assumptions used to measure the benefit obligations and include estimated future employee service. Expected contributions to be made for our postretirement welfare benefit plans are $14 million for 2012. Weighted-average discount rates used to estimate postretirement welfare benefit expenses were 5.33%, 7.86% and 6.19% for 2011, 2010 and 2009. Weighted-average discount rates for the actuarial present value of benefit obligations were 5.09%, 5.33% and 7.86% for 2011, 2010 and 2009.

88

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Actuarial gain or loss for the postretirement welfare benefit plan is amortized to income or expense over a threeyear period. The assumed healthcare cost trends used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation were 8.5% and 8.5% for prescription drugs, 7.5% and 7.5% for medical and 5.8% and 6% for dental in 2011 and 2010. For 2011, 2010 and 2009, a one-percentage-point increase or decrease in the assumed healthcare cost trend rate would not have a material impact on the postretirement benefit obligations. 14. Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities At March 31, 2011 and 2010, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, marketable securities, receivables, drafts and accounts payable and other current liabilities approximated their estimated fair values because of the short maturity of these financial instruments. All highly liquid debt instruments purchased with original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition are included in cash and cash equivalents. Included in cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2011 and 2010, are money market fund investments of $1.7 billion and $2.3 billion, which are reported at fair value. The fair value of these investments was determined by using quoted prices for identical investments in active markets, which are considered to be Level 1 inputs under the fair value measurements and disclosures guidance. The carrying value of all other cash equivalents approximates fair value due to their relatively short-term nature. The carrying amount and estimated fair value of our long-term debt and other financing was $4.0 billion and $4.3 billion at March 31, 2011 and $2.3 billion and $2.5 billion at March 31, 2010. The estimated fair value of our long-term debt and other financing was determined using quoted market prices and other inputs that were derived from available market information and may not be representative of actual values that could have been realized or that will be realized in the future. In the normal course of business, we are exposed to interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations. We limit these risks through the use of derivatives such as interest rate swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts. In accordance with our policy, derivatives are only used for hedging purposes. We do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. The volume of activity related to derivative financial instruments was not material for 2011, 2010 and 2009. 15. Lease Obligations We lease facilities and equipment almost solely under operating leases. In connection with our acquisition of US Oncology, we assumed noncancellable operating lease obligations of office space and equipment. At March 31, 2011, future minimum lease payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancellable lease terms in excess of one year for years ending March 31 are: Noncancellable Operating Leases $ 178 143 115 94 73 241 $ 844

2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Thereafter Total minimum lease payments

(In millions)

89

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Rental expense under operating leases was $157 million, $154 million and $146 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, taking into account, when applicable, lessor incentives for tenant improvements, periods where no rent payment is required and escalations in rent payments over the term of the lease. Deferred rent is recognized for the difference between the rent expense recognized on a straight-line basis and the payments made per the terms of the lease. Remaining terms for facilities leases generally range from one to seven years, while remaining terms for equipment leases range from one to three years. Most real property leases contain renewal options (generally for five-year increments) and provisions requiring us to pay property taxes and operating expenses in excess of base period amounts. Sublease rental income was not material for any period presented. 16. Financial Guarantees and Warranties Financial Guarantees We have agreements with certain of our Canadian customers’ financial institutions under which we have guaranteed the repurchase of our customers’ inventory or our customers’ debt in the event these customers are unable to meet their obligations to those financial institutions. For our inventory repurchase agreement, among other requirements, inventories must be in resalable condition and any repurchase would be at a discount. The inventory repurchase agreements mostly range from one to two years. Customers’ debt guarantees range from one to five years and were primarily provided to facilitate financing for certain customers. The majority of our customers’ debt guarantees are secured by certain assets of the customer. We also have an agreement with one software customer that, under limited circumstances, may require us to secure standby financing. Because the amount of the standby financing is not explicitly stated, the overall amount of this guarantee cannot reasonably be estimated. At March 31, 2011, the maximum amounts of inventory repurchase guarantees and customers’ debt guarantees were $138 million and $38 million, none of which had been accrued. The expirations of the above noted financial guarantees are as follows: $119 million, $21 million, $3 million, $4 and $1 million from 2012 through 2016 and $28 million thereafter. In addition, at March 31, 2011, our banks and insurance companies have issued $128 million of standby letters of credit and surety bonds, which were issued on our behalf mostly related to our customer contracts and in order to meet the security requirements for statutory licenses and permits, court and fiduciary obligations and our workers’ compensation and automotive liability programs. Our software license agreements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying customers against liabilities if our software products infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnification agreements and have not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations. In conjunction with certain transactions, primarily divestitures, we may provide routine indemnification agreements (such as retention of previously existing environmental, tax and employee liabilities) whose terms vary in duration and often are not explicitly defined. Where appropriate, obligations for such indemnifications are recorded as liabilities. Because the amounts of these indemnification obligations often are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of these commitments cannot be reasonably estimated. Other than obligations recorded as liabilities at the time of divestiture, we have historically not made significant payments as a result of these indemnification provisions.

90

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Warranties In the normal course of business, we provide certain warranties and indemnification protection for our products and services. For example, we provide warranties that the pharmaceutical and medical-surgical products we distribute are in compliance with the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and other applicable laws and regulations. We have received the same warranties from our suppliers, which customarily are the manufacturers of the products. In addition, we have indemnity obligations to our customers for these products, which have also been provided to us from our suppliers, either through express agreement or by operation of law. We also provide warranties regarding the performance of software and automation products we sell. Our liability under these warranties is to bring the product into compliance with previously agreed upon specifications. For software products, this may result in additional project costs, which are reflected in our estimates used for the percentage-of-completion method of accounting for software installation services within these contracts. In addition, most of our customers who purchase our software and automation products also purchase annual maintenance agreements. Revenues from these maintenance agreements are recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period and the cost of servicing product warranties is charged to expense when claims become estimable. Accrued warranty costs were not material to the consolidated balance sheets. 17. Other Commitments and Contingent Liabilities In addition to commitments and obligations in the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims, other pending and potential legal actions for damages, investigations relating to governmental laws and regulations and other matters arising out of the normal conduct of our business. As described below, many of these proceedings are at preliminary stages and many seek an indeterminate amount of damages. When a loss is considered probable and reasonably estimable, we record a liability in the amount of our best estimate for the ultimate loss. However, the likelihood of a loss with respect to a particular contingency is often difficult to predict and determining a meaningful estimate of the loss or a range of loss may not be practicable based on the information available and the potential effect of future events and decisions by third parties that will determine the ultimate resolution of the contingency. Moreover, it is not uncommon for such matters to be resolved over many years, during which time relevant developments and new information must be reevaluated at least quarterly to determine both the likelihood of potential loss and whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of possible loss. When a loss is probable but a reasonable estimate cannot be made, disclosure of the proceeding is provided. Disclosure also is provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or when it is reasonably possible that the amount of a loss will exceed the recorded provision. We review all contingencies at least quarterly to determine whether the likelihood of loss has changed and to assess whether a reasonable estimate of the loss or range of loss can be made. As discussed above, development of a meaningful estimate of loss or a range of potential loss is complex when the outcome is directly dependent on negotiations with or decisions by third parties, such as regulatory agencies, the court system and other interested parties. Such factors bear directly on whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss and boundaries of high and low estimates. We are party to the legal proceedings described below. Unless otherwise stated, we are currently unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible losses for the unresolved proceedings described below. Should any one or a combination of more than one of these proceedings be successful, or should we determine to settle any or a combination of these matters, we may be required to pay substantial sums, become subject to the entry of an injunction or be forced to change the manner in which we operate our business, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations.

91

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) I. Average Wholesale Price Litigation The following matters involve a drug reimbursement benchmark referred to as the “AWP” utilized by some public and private payers to calculate at least some portion of the amount a pharmacy will be reimbursed for dispensing a covered prescription drug. A. In re McKesson Governmental Entities Average Wholesale Price Litigation Commencing in May of 2008, a series of complaints were filed in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts by various public payers — governmental entities that paid any portion of the price of certain prescription drugs — alleging that in late 2001 the Company and First DataBank, Inc. (“FDB”), a publisher of pharmaceutical pricing information, conspired to improperly raise the published AWP for certain prescription drugs, and that this alleged conduct resulted in higher drug reimbursement payments by plaintiffs and others similarly situated. These actions were all consolidated under the caption In re McKesson Governmental Entities Average Wholesale Price Litigation. A description of these actions is as follows: The San Francisco Action On May 20, 2008, an action was filed by the San Francisco Health Plan on behalf of itself and a purported class of political subdivisions in the State of California and by the San Francisco City Attorney on behalf of the “People of the State of California“ in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against the Company as the sole defendant, alleging violations of the federal Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO,”) 18 U.S.C. § 1962(c), the California Cartwright Act, California's False Claims Act, California Business and Professions Code §§ 17200 and 17500 and seeking damages, treble damages, civil penalties, restitution, interest and attorneys' fees, all in unspecified amounts, San Francisco Health Plan, et al. v. McKesson Corporation, (Civil Action No. 1:08-CV-10843-PBS) (“San Francisco Action”). On July 3, 2008, an amended complaint was filed in the San Francisco Action adding a claim for tortious interference. On January 13, 2009, a second amended complaint was filed in the San Francisco Action that abandoned all previously alleged antitrust claims. The Connecticut Action On May 28, 2008, an action was filed by the State of Connecticut in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against the Company, again as the sole defendant, alleging violations of civil RICO, the Sherman Act and the Connecticut Unfair Trade Practices Act and seeking damages, treble damages, restitution, interest and attorneys' fees, all in unspecified amounts, State of Connecticut v. McKesson Corporation, (Civil Action No. 1:08-CV-10900-PBS) (“Connecticut Action”). On January 13, 2009, an amended complaint was filed in the Connecticut Action abandoning all previously alleged antitrust claims. On October 15, 2010, the Company executed an agreement to settle the Connecticut Action for $26 million. The settlement, which was not subject to court approval, includes an express denial of liability and a release by the State of Connecticut of the Company as to all matters alleged or which could have been alleged in the action. As a result, during the second quarter of 2011, the Company recorded a $24 million pre-tax charge. On November 8, 2010, the Court entered a Notice of Dismissal with prejudice in the Connecticut Action pursuant to the October 15 settlement agreement. The Connecticut Action has thus concluded. The Douglas County, Kansas Nationwide Class Action On August 7, 2008, an action was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts by the Board of County Commissioners of Douglas County, Kansas on behalf of itself and a purported national class of state, local and territorial governmental entities against the Company and FDB alleging violations of civil RICO and federal antitrust laws and seeking damages and treble damages, as well as injunctive relief, interest, attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, Board of County Commissioners of Douglas County, Kansas v. McKesson Corporation, et al., (Civil Action No. 1:08-CV-11349-PBS) (“Douglas County, Kansas Action”).

92

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) Separate class actions based on essentially the same factual allegations were subsequently filed against the Company and FDB in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts by the City of Panama City, Florida on August 18, 2008 (“Florida Action”), the State of Oklahoma on October 15, 2008 (“Oklahoma Action”), the County of Anoka, Minnesota on November 3, 2008 (“Minnesota Action”), Baltimore, Maryland on November 7, 2008 (“Maryland Action”), Columbia, South Carolina on December 12, 2008 (“South Carolina Action”) and Goldsboro, North Carolina on December 15, 2008 (“North Carolina Action”) in each case on behalf of the filing entity and a class of state and local governmental entities within the same state, alleging violations of civil RICO, federal and state antitrust laws and various state consumer protection and deceptive and unfair trade practices statutes and seeking damages and treble damages, civil penalties, as well as injunctive relief, interest, attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts. On December 24, 2008, an amended and consolidated class action complaint was filed in the Douglas County, Kansas Action. The amended complaint added the named plaintiffs from the Florida, Oklahoma, Minnesota, Maryland, South Carolina and North Carolina Actions and abandoned the previously alleged antitrust claims. On January 9, 2009, the Florida, Oklahoma, Minnesota, Maryland, South Carolina and North Carolina Actions were voluntarily dismissed without prejudice. On March 3, 2009, a second amended and consolidated class action complaint was filed in the Douglas County, Kansas Action, adding the state of Montana as a plaintiff, adding Montana state law claims and adding a claim for tortious interference. On February 10, 2009, plaintiffs in the Douglas County, Kansas Action filed a notice of dismissal without prejudice of defendant FDB. On April 2, 2009, the Company filed answers to each of the pending complaints in the San Francisco Action, the Connecticut Action and the County of Douglas, Kansas Action, denying the core factual allegations and asserting numerous affirmative defenses. On April 9, 2009, the Company filed a demand for a jury in each of these actions. On May 20, 2009, an action was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts by Oakland County, Michigan and the City of Sterling Heights, Michigan against the Company as the sole defendant, alleging violations of RICO, the Michigan Antitrust Reform Act, the Michigan Consumer Protection Act, the California Cartwright Act and common law fraud and seeking damages, treble damages, interest and attorneys' fees, all in unspecified amounts, Oakland County, Michigan et al. v. McKesson Corporation, (Civil Action No. 1:09-CV10843-PBS) (“Michigan Action”). On August 4, 2009, the court granted the Company's motion to stay the Michigan Action. On February 19, 2010, discovery closed in the consolidated public payer actions. On April 12, 2010, plaintiffs in the Douglas County, Kansas Action withdrew their motion to certify an opt-in state Medicaid class. A hearing on the remaining classes in the Douglas County, Kansas and San Francisco Actions was held on August 31, 2010. On August 5, 2010, the court set a trial date of January 24, 2011, for the claims asserted by the State of Oklahoma on behalf of its Medicaid program in the Douglas County, Kansas Action, or, in the alternative, the claims asserted by the State of Montana on behalf of its Medicaid program in the Douglas County, Kansas Action if the Oklahoma Medicaid claims were resolved before the final pretrial conference, which the court scheduled for January 19, 2011. On December 2, 2010, the Company executed a Memorandum of Understanding documenting an agreement in principle with the States of Oklahoma and Montana to settle and release those States’ share of their Medicaid claims in the Douglas County, Kansas Action subject to consent from the federal government not to seek any portion of the settlement recovery. In light of the Memorandum of Understanding, on December 7, 2010, the Court vacated the previously reported trial date of January 24, 2011. On January 11, 2011, the court entered a settlement order of dismissal with respect to the Medicaid claims of Oklahoma and Montana, subject to reopening of those actions if the settlement was not consummated by April 11, 2011. On March 23, 2011, the court granted an unopposed motion filed by the States of Oklahoma and Montana to extend the date on which their Medicaid claims would be dismissed.

93

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) On March 4, 2011, the court entered an order granting in part, and denying in part, plaintiffs’ motions for class certification in the Douglas County, Kansas Action and denying plaintiff's motion for class certification in the San Francisco Action. Specifically, the court denied the San Francisco Health Plan's motion to certify a class of governmental entities within the State of California including the state of California itself. In the Douglas County, Kansas Action, the court certified a nationwide class comprised of all non-federal and non-state governmental entities for liability and equitable relief for the period from August 1, 2001, to June 2, 2005, and for damages for the period August 1, 2001, to December 31, 2003. On March 14, 2011, plaintiffs filed a motion for reconsideration to extend the liability-only class period from June 2, 2005, to September 26, 2009. On March 30, 2011, the court granted, in part, plaintiffs’ motion for reconsideration by extending the liability-only class period from June 2, 2005, to October 6, 2006. On March 18, 2011, the Company filed a petition with the Court of Appeals for the First Circuit seeking permission to appeal the district court’s March 4, 2011 class certification order on the grounds that it improperly certified a damages class based on an aggregate damages model that improperly included workers’ compensation programs. On March 31, 2011, plaintiffs filed an answer in opposition to the Company’s petition as well as a crosspetition for review of the district court's decision to exclude all state entities from the certified class. The First Circuit has not yet ruled on the parties’ petitions. No trial date is set in the San Francisco or Douglas County, Kansas Actions. B. State Medicaid AWP Cases Beginning in September 2010, a series of suits were filed by individual states in jurisdictions other than the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts based on essentially the same factual allegations as alleged in In re McKesson Governmental Entities Average Wholesale Price Litigation. A description of these actions is as follows: The Kansas Action On September 13, 2010, an action was filed in the Kansas state court of Wyandotte County by the State of Kansas against the Company and FDB asserting claims under the Kansas Restraint of Trade Act, the Kansas Consumer Protection Act, and the Kansas False Claims Act, and for civil conspiracy, fraud, unjust enrichment, and breach of contract, and seeking damages and treble damages, civil penalties, as well as injunctive relief, interest, disgorgement of profits, attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Kansas ex rel. Steve Six v. McKesson Corporation, et al., (Case No. 10CV1491). On November 22, 2010, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the Kansas Action. On February 24, 2011, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss. The case is set for trial in August 2012. The Mississippi Action On October 8, 2010, an action was filed in the Mississippi state court of Hinds County by the State of Mississippi against the Company asserting claims under RICO, the Mississippi Medicaid Fraud Control Act, the Mississippi Consumer Protection Act, and for civil conspiracy, tortious interference with contract, unjust enrichment, and fraud, and seeking damages and treble damages, civil penalties, restitution, as well as injunctive relief, interest, attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Mississippi v. McKesson Corporation, et al., (Case No. 251-10-862CIV). On November 9, 2010, the Company filed a Notice of Removal to the United States District Court, Southern District of Mississippi. On January 27, 2011, the case was remanded back to Mississippi state court after the state dismissed its RICO claim. On February 15, 2011, the Company filed a motion to transfer the Mississippi Action from the Circuit Court of Hinds County to the Chancery Court of Hinds County, or in the alternative, to dismiss the State’s claim under the Mississippi Consumer Protection Act for lack of subject matter jurisdiction. The trial court has not yet ruled on the Company’s motion.

94

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) The Alaska Action On October 12, 2010, an action was filed in Alaska state court by the State of Alaska against the Company and FDB asserting claims under state unfair and deceptive trade practices statutes, and for fraud and civil conspiracy, and seeking damages, treble damages, punitive damages, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, as well as declaratory relief, interest, attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Alaska v. McKesson Corporation, et al., (Case No. 3AN-10-11348-CI). The Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on January 10, 2011. A hearing on the Company’s motion to dismiss has not yet been scheduled. The Wisconsin Qui Tam Action On October 18, 2010, the Company was informed that a qui tam action was previously filed by four law firms in Wisconsin state court of Dane County, purportedly on behalf of the State of Wisconsin against the Company based on essentially the same factual allegations as alleged in In re McKesson Governmental Entities Average Wholesale Price Litigation, asserting claims under the Wisconsin False Claims for Medical Assistance statute, and seeking damages, treble damages, civil penalties, as well as attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Wisconsin ex rel. Hagens Berman Sobol Shapiro LLP, et al. v. McKesson Corporation, (Case No. 10CV3411). On August 26, 2010, the Wisconsin Department of Justice filed a motion to dismiss this qui tam action, and on December 14, 2010, the court granted the State’s motion. No appeal has been filed. The Utah Action On October 20, 2010, an action was filed against the Company in the United States District Court, Northern District of California, by the State of Utah asserting claims under RICO and for civil conspiracy, tortious interference with contract, and unjust enrichment, and seeking damages and treble damages, restitution, as well as injunctive relief, interest, attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Utah v. McKesson Corporation, et al., (Case No. CV 10-4743-SC). On December 22, 2010, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the Utah Action, which has not yet been ruled upon. The Arizona Administrative Proceeding On November 5, 2010, the Company received a Notice of Proposed Civil Monetary Penalty from the Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) for the Arizona Health Care Cost Containment System (“AHCCCS”) purporting to initiate an administrative claim process against the Company, and seeking civil penalties in the amount of $101 million and an assessment in the amount of $112 million for false claims allegedly presented to the Arizona Medicaid program, (Case No. 2010-1218). On February 28, 2011, the Company filed a complaint in Arizona Superior Court, County of Maricopa, against AHCCCS and its Director, alleging that the administrative proceeding commenced by OIG violates the Arizona Administrative Procedure Act and the Due Process Clauses of the Arizona Constitution and the United States Constitution, and seeking to enjoin OIG’s administrative proceeding, a declaratory judgment that AHCCCS lacks jurisdiction and legal authority to impose penalties or assessments against the Company, as well as costs of suit, McKesson Corporation v. AHCCCS, (Case No. CV-2011-004446). Also on February 28, 2011, the Company filed an application for an interlocutory order staying, or alternatively dismissing, OIG’s administrative proceeding. On April 28, 2011, the trial court ruled that AHCCCS has no jurisdiction to impose penalties or assessments against the Company and enjoined AHCCCS from prosecuting or reinitiating any penalty proceeding against the Company. The Hawaii Action On November 10, 2010, an action was filed in Hawaii state court by the State of Hawaii against the Company and FDB asserting claims under the Hawaii False Claims Act, state unfair and deceptive trade practices statutes, fraud, and civil conspiracy, and seeking damages, treble damages, punitive damages, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, as well as interest, attorneys' fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Hawaii v. McKesson Corporation, et al., (Civil No. 10-1-2411-11-GWBC). The Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on January 14, 2011, which was denied by the trial court on April 12, 2011. 95

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) The Louisiana Action On December 20, 2010, an action was filed in Louisiana state court by the State of Louisiana against the Company asserting claims under state unfair and deceptive trade practices statutes, the Louisiana Medical Assistance Programs Integrity Law, state antitrust statutes, and for fraud, negligent misrepresentation, civil conspiracy, and unjust enrichment, seeking damages, statutory fines, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, as well as interest, attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, all in unspecified amounts, State of Louisiana v. McKesson Corporation, (Case No. C597634 Sec. 23). The Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on March 7, 2011. A hearing on the Company’s motion to dismiss is scheduled for May 9, 2011. C. The New Jersey United States' Attorney's Office AWP Investigation In June of 2007, the Company was informed that a qui tam action by an unknown relator was previously filed in the United States District Court in the District of New Jersey, purportedly on behalf of the United States, twelve states (California, Delaware, Florida, Hawaii, Illinois, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Nevada, New Mexico, Tennessee, Texas and Virginia) and the District of Columbia against the Company and seven other defendants. The Company has not been provided with the original complaint, which was filed in 2005, and does not know the identity of the original parties to the action. The Company was advised that the United States and the various states are considering whether to intervene in the suit, but none has done so to date. The suit thus remains under seal and has not been served on the Company. In January 2009, the Company was provided with a courtesy copy of a third amended complaint filed in the qui tam action. This complaint has also not been served on the Company. The third amended complaint alleges multiple claims against the Company under the federal False Claims Act and the various states' and District of Columbia's false claims statutes. These and additional claims are also alleged against other parties. The claims arise out of alleged manipulation of AWP by defendants which plaintiffs claim caused them to pay more than they should have in reimbursement for prescription drugs covered by various government programs that base reimbursement payments on AWP. The complaint is brought on behalf of the United States, the twelve states named above, ten additional states (Georgia, Indiana, Michigan, Montana, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Oklahoma, Rhode Island and Wisconsin) and the District of Columbia and seeks damages including treble damages and civil penalties (which the relator claims would be several billion dollars) as provided under the various false claims act statutes, as well as attorneys' fees and costs. As has also been previously reported regarding the New Jersey qui tam action, the United States and various states have been considering whether to intervene in the suit, but none has done so to date. The Company has at all times cooperated with these investigations, and has engaged in settlement discussions with the purpose of resolving all Medicaid related AWP claims by the states and federal government. The pace and progress of settlement discussions accelerated during and after the third quarter of 2011. Except as previously reported with respect to the States of Connecticut, Oklahoma and Montana, the Company has not reached agreement relating to those claims. As previously reported, during the third quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $143 million to establish a reserve for estimated probable losses related to pending and expected AWP claims by public payer entities. As of March 31, 2009 and 2010, the reserve relating to AWP public entity claims was $143 million. The Company recorded an additional pre-tax charge of $24 million for the settlement with the State of Connecticut during the second quarter of 2011. In November 2010, a cash payment of $26 million was made for this settlement. Following the Company's most recent review of the reserve for estimated probable losses from current and possible future public entity AWP claims, which review included consideration of the pace and progress of the above described settlement discussions during and after the third quarter relating to state and federal Medicaid claims, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $189 million within its Distribution Solutions segment's operating expenses during the third quarter of 2011. As of March 31, 2011, the reserve relating to AWP public entity claims was $330 million and was included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. However, in view of the number of outstanding cases and expected future claims, and the uncertainties of the timing and outcome of this type of litigation, it is possible that the ultimate costs of these matters may exceed or be less than the reserve.

96

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) II. Other Litigation and Claims On April 7, 2010, an action was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles against, among others, the Company, its indirect subsidiary, NDCHealth Corporation (“NDC”) and “Relay Health,” a trade name under which NDC conducts business, Rodriguez et al. v. Etreby Computer Company et al., (Civ. No. BC435303) (“Rodriguez”). The plaintiffs in Rodriguez purport to represent a class of California residents whose individual confidential medical information was allegedly illegally released and used by defendants. Plaintiffs also purport to bring their claims as a private Attorney General action. The claims asserted in the complaint against the Company defendants include negligence, statutory violations and violation of California Business and Professions Code, Sections 17200 et seq., covering unfair, unlawful and fraudulent business acts and practices. The statutory violations alleged by plaintiffs purport to arise out of California Civil Code, Sections 56 through 56.37, also known as the Confidentiality of Medical Information Act (“CMIA”). The complaint seeks compensatory and statutory damages under the CMIA, equitable and injunctive relief, as well as interest and attorneys’ fees and costs, all in unspecified amounts. On May 10, 2010, defendants removed the action to United States District Court for the Central District of California, Rodriguez et al. v. Etreby Computer Company et al., (Civil Action No. CV 10-3522-VBF). On June 10, 2010, the Company and NDC moved to dismiss the complaint on grounds that it fails to allege the required element of knowledge by defendants, fails to allege actual harm to any plaintiff and improperly names certain defendants, including the Company and RelayHealth. On July 23, 2010, the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss on grounds that plaintiffs had failed to sufficiently plead any of their causes of action and gave plaintiffs until August 9, 2010 to file an amended pleading. On December 9, 2010, the parties executed a settlement agreement which, in consideration of payment by the Company of a non-material sum, resolves the claims of all class members who do not affirmatively opt out of the class. On January 12, 2011, the trial court issued an order granting preliminary approval of the settlement, directing notice to the class and setting a hearing for final approval of the settlement. The final approval hearing is presently set to occur on June 27, 2011. On October 3, 2008, the United States filed a complaint in intervention in a pending qui tam action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Mississippi, naming as defendants, among others, the Company and its former indirect subsidiary, McKesson Medical-Surgical MediNet Inc. (“MediNet”), now merged into and doing business as McKesson Medical-Surgical MediMart Inc., United States ex rel. Jamison v. McKesson Corporation, et al., (Civil Action No. 2:08-CV-00214-SA). The United States (“USA”) alleges violations of the federal False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. Sections 3729-33, in connection with billing and supply services rendered by MediNet to the long-term care facility operator co-defendants. The action seeks monetary damages in an unstated amount. On July 7, 2009, defendants filed motions to dismiss the action filed by the relator, arguing that the relator was not the original source of the claims which he attempts to pursue in his qui tam action. On March 25, 2010, the trial court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the relator and his complaint, which ruling has been appealed by the relator to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. On June 2, 2010, the USA filed a motion for partial summary judgment, seeking a finding that the Company’s co-defendant, a Medicare Part B supplier, failed to comply with certain of the 21 Supplier Standards (“Standards”) established by federal regulations covering such Medicare suppliers, and that the relevant claims for which MediNet provided contract billing and/or supply services were rendered “false” by reason of such non-compliance. On July 2, 2010 the Company and MediNet filed their opposition to the USA’s motion and themselves moved for summary judgment as to certain counts based on numerous arguments, including that the USA cannot, as a matter of law, establish that the co-defendant Medicare Part B supplier failed to meet the Standards. On March 28, 2011, the trial court issued its order denying the motion of the USA and granting the partial summary judgment motions of the Company and its co-defendants on grounds that, as a matter of law, the Standards had not been violated. All causes of action based on the alleged failure to comply with the Standards were dismissed. Discovery regarding the balance of the USA’s allegations continues. Trial is presently set to commence on February 6, 2012.

97

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) On July 14, 2006, an action was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York against McKesson, two McKesson employees, several other drug wholesalers and numerous drug manufacturers, RxUSA v. Alcon Laboratories et al., (Case No. 06-CV-3447-DRH). Plaintiff alleges that the Company, along with various other defendants, unlawfully engaged in monopolization and attempted monopolization of the sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products in violation of the federal antitrust laws, as well as in violation of New York State’s Donnelly Act. There are also alleged violations of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Donnelly Act and Sections 1962 (c) and (d) of the federal civil RICO statute. Plaintiff alleges generally that defendants have individually, and in concert with one another, taken actions to create and maintain a monopoly and to exclude secondary wholesalers, such as the plaintiff, from the wholesale pharmaceutical industry. The complaint seeks monetary damages of approximately $1.6 billion and also seeks treble damages, attorneys’ fees and injunctive relief. All defendants filed motions to dismiss all claims. The motions were briefed and submitted to the trial court on March 13, 2007. On September 24, 2009, the trial court issued its order granting “with prejudice” defendants’ motions to dismiss and on September 28, 2009, the trial court entered judgment dismissing all of plaintiff’s claims. On October 23, 2009, plaintiff filed a Notice of Appeal in the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit seeking reversal of the trial court’s orders of dismissal and judgment. On August 30, 2010 the Court of Appeals affirmed the rulings of the trial court, including the dismissal of plaintiff’s entire case with prejudice. The period for seeking an appeal to the United States Supreme Court having expired, this matter has been concluded. The Company is a defendant in approximately 305 cases alleging that the plaintiffs were injured by Vioxx, an anti-inflammatory drug manufactured by Merck & Company (“Merck”). The cases typically assert causes of action for strict liability, negligence, breach of warranty and false advertising for improper design, testing, manufacturing and warnings relating to the manufacture and distribution of Vioxx. None of the cases involving the Company is scheduled for trial. The Company has tendered each of these cases to Merck and has reached an agreement with Merck to defend and indemnify the Company. Our subsidiary, Northstar Rx LLC, is one of multiple defendants in approximately 350 cases alleging that plaintiffs were injured after ingesting Reglan and/or its generic equivalent, metoclopramide. The cases usually include claims for strict liability, failure to warn, negligence, and breach of warranty. Most of these cases are pending in state courts in Pennsylvania, California and New Jersey, with other cases pending in Alabama, Louisiana, Missouri, Mississippi, Oklahoma, Oregon and Tennessee. The first case involving Northstar Rx is set for trial in September 2011 in Pennsylvania. Northstar Rx’s insurers are providing coverage for these cases. The Company is also named in approximately 550 cases as a distributor of these products. On September 15, 2010, an action was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Wisconsin against the Company by Independent Pharmacy Cooperative, a Wisconsin based cooperative purchasing organization for independent pharmacies, alleging that the Company has breached, and continues to breach, a February 21, 2003, supply agreement between the parties, Independent Pharmacy Cooperative, v. McKesson Corporation, (Case No. 10-CV-00527 (BC)). In addition to alleging breach of contract, plaintiff alleges breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing in connection with the supply agreement and intentional interference with contractual relations between plaintiff and its members. In its complaint, plaintiff claims that the Company has caused certain pharmacies to terminate their memberships in plaintiff’s cooperative and has entered into separate agreements intended to cause members to terminate in the future. Plaintiff seeks declaratory and injunctive relief, monetary damages in an unspecified amount, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs of suit. On October 28, 2010 the Company filed a motion to dismiss plaintiff’s intentional interference with contractual relations cause of action on grounds, among others, that Wisconsin’s “economic loss” doctrine, which requires parties seeking economic loss to pursue contract, not tort, claims, required dismissal of plaintiff’s interference claim as a matter of law. On March 23, 2011 the court granted the Company’s motion and dismissed the plaintiff’s interference cause of action based on the economic loss doctrine. On March 24, 2011 this action was dismissed “with prejudice” by stipulation of the parties and without any payment by the Company.

98

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) On January 4, 2011, the Company was served with a qui tam complaint that was originally filed in November 2005 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania by a relator, a former employee of a Johnson & Johnson affiliate, against the Company, Johnson & Johnson and its affiliate companies, and Omnicare, Inc., alleging that the Company engaged in conduct that violated the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, causing subsequent claims for certain drugs manufactured by Johnson & Johnson to be submitted in violation of the federal False Claims Act and the false claims act statutes of various states, United States ex rel. Scott Bartz v. Ortho McNeil Pharmaceuticals, Inc., et al., (Case No. 2:05-cv-06010). The United States declined to intervene in the suit, which alleges that the Company received illegal “kickbacks” from Johnson & Johnson that were disguised as discounts and rebates. On February 23, 2011, the case was transferred to the District of Massachusetts. The Company has not yet responded to the complaint. In August of 2010, the Company was notified by the United States Attorneys’ Office in Kansas City that a qui tam action had been filed on an unidentified date by two relators, a former pharmacy customer of the Company and the customer’s advisor, in which the relators allege that in or about January of 2006, the Company and a competitor drug wholesaler engaged in conduct that violated the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, causing subsequent claims by the customer relator to be submitted in violation of the federal False Claims Act, United States ex rel. Saleaumua et al. v. McKesson Corporation et al., (Case No. 4:08-CV-0848 (ODS)). The complaint alleges that the defendants’ conduct prior to the Company’s losing the account to the competitor in January of 2006, caused the customer relator to file subsequent claims in violation of the False Claims Act. The complaint seeks monetary damages in an unspecified amount, as well as attorneys’ fees and costs. The complaint has not been served on the Company. On April 22, 2011, the Company was informed by the United States Attorney’s Office that the Department of Justice had determined not to intervene against McKesson and that the qui tam action would be dismissed. III. Government Investigations and Subpoenas From time-to-time, the Company receives subpoenas or requests for information from various government agencies. The Company generally responds to such subpoenas and requests in a cooperative, thorough and timely manner. These responses sometimes require considerable time and effort and can result in considerable costs being incurred by the Company. Such subpoenas and requests also can lead to the assertion of claims or the commencement of civil or criminal legal proceedings against the Company and other members of the health care industry, as well as to settlements. In addition to the government investigations associated with the matters reported on in Other Litigation and Claims above, examples of such requests and subpoenas include the following: (1) the Company has responded to a request from the Federal Trade Commission for certain documents as part of a nonpublic investigation to determine whether the Company may have engaged in anti-competitive practices with other wholesale pharmaceutical distributors in order to limit competition for provider customers seeking distribution services; (2) the Company has received and responded to a Civil Investigative Demand from the Attorney General’s Office of the State of Tennessee related to an investigation into possible violations of the Tennessee Medicaid False Claims Act in connection with repackaged pharmaceuticals; (3) the Company has responded to a subpoena from the office of the Attorney General of the State of New York requesting documents and other information concerning its participation in the secondary or “alternative source” market for pharmaceutical products; (4) the Company has responded to subpoenas and requests for information from a number of Offices of state Attorney Generals or other state agencies, relating to the pricing for branded and generic drugs; and (5) the Company has completed its response to a subpoena, issued by the United States Attorney’s Office in Houston, which seeks documents relating to billing and collection services performed by a Company subsidiary for certain healthcare operations associated with the University of Texas from 2004 through the dates of the subpoenas, which investigation the Company has been informed has been closed.

99

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) As previously reported, on January 26, 2007, the Company acquired Per-Se Technologies, Inc. (“Per-Se”), which became a wholly-owned subsidiary. Prior to its acquisition, Per-Se had publicly disclosed that in December 2004, the SEC issued a formal order of investigation relating to accounting matters at NDC, a then public company, which was acquired by Per-Se in January 2006, prior to the Company’s acquisition of Per-Se. In March 2005, NDC restated its financial statements for the fiscal years ended May 28, 2004, May 30, 2003 and May 31, 2002, and for the fiscal quarters ended August 22, 2004, and August 29, 2005, to correct errors relating to certain accounting matters. NDC produced documents to the SEC and fully cooperated with the SEC in its investigation. The SEC has taken testimony from a number of current and former NDC employees. There has been no activity in this matter for some time and the SEC has taken no action against NDC or its successor to date. Prior to its recent acquisition by the Company, US Oncology was informed that the United States Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the Attorney General for the State of Texas had opened investigations to determine whether a transaction in which certain Austin, Texas based oncology physicians became employees of an existing Texas US Oncology affiliated oncology practice group violated relevant state or federal antitrust laws. US Oncology has responded to requests for information from the government agencies and the Company has continued to cooperate with the FTC and the Texas Attorney General regarding these investigations. IV. Environmental Matters Primarily as a result of the operation of the Company’s former chemical businesses, which were fully divested by 1987, the Company is involved in various matters pursuant to environmental laws and regulations. The Company has received claims and demands from governmental agencies relating to investigative and remedial actions purportedly required to address environmental conditions alleged to exist at eight sites where it, or entities acquired by it, formerly conducted operations and the Company, by administrative order or otherwise, has agreed to take certain actions at those sites, including soil and groundwater remediation. In addition, the Company is one of multiple recipients of a New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection Agency directive and a separate United States Environmental Protection Agency directive relating to potential natural resources damages (“NRD”) associated with one of these eight sites. Although the Company’s potential allocation under either directive cannot be determined at this time, it has agreed to participate with a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) group in the funding of an NRD assessment, the costs of which are reflected in the aggregate estimates set forth below. Based on a determination by the Company’s environmental staff, in consultation with outside environmental specialists and counsel, the current estimate of the Company’s probable loss associated with the remediation costs for these eight sites is $7.5 million, net of approximately $1.9 million that third parties have agreed to pay in settlement or is expected, based either on agreements or nonrefundable contributions which are ongoing, to be contributed by third parties. The $7.5 million is expected to be paid out between April 2011 and March 2031. The Company’s estimated probable loss for these environmental matters has been entirely accrued for in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In addition, the Company has been designated as a PRP under the Superfund law for environmental assessment and cleanup costs as the result of its alleged disposal of hazardous substances at 19 sites. With respect to these sites, numerous other PRPs have similarly been designated and while the current state of the law potentially imposes joint and several liability upon PRPs, as a practical matter, costs of these sites are typically shared with other PRPs. The Company’s estimated probable loss at those 19 sites is approximately $0.9 million, which has been entirely accrued for in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The aggregate settlements and costs paid by the Company in Superfund matters to date have not been significant. V. Other Matters The Company is involved in various other litigation and governmental proceedings, not described above, that arise in the normal course of business. While it is not possible to determine with certainty the ultimate outcome or the duration of any such litigation or governmental proceedings, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and the advice of counsel, that such litigation and proceedings will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

100

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) 18. Stockholders’ Equity Each share of the Company’s outstanding common stock is permitted one vote on proposals presented to stockholders and is entitled to share equally in any dividends declared by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). In May 2010, the quarterly dividend was raised from $0.12 to $0.18 per common share. Dividends were $0.72 per share in 2011 and $0.48 per share in 2010 and 2009. In April 2011, the Board approved an increase in the quarterly dividend from $0.18 to $0.20 per share, applicable to ensuing quarterly dividend declarations. The Company anticipates that it will continue to pay quarterly cash dividends in the future. However, the payment and amount of future dividends remain within the discretion of the Board and will depend upon the Company’s future earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. Share Repurchase Plans In April 2010, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock and in October 2010, authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock. The Board previously authorized the repurchase of up to $1.0 billion in April 2008. As of March 31, 2011, $500 million remained available for future repurchases under the October 2010 authorization. In April 2011, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock. Stock repurchases may be made from time-to-time in open market transactions, privately negotiated transactions, through accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) programs, or by any combination of such methods. The timing of any repurchases and the actual number of shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including our stock price, corporate and regulatory requirements, restrictions under our debt obligations and other market and economic conditions. In May 2010, we entered into an ASR program with a third party financial institution to repurchase $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock. As a result of the ASR program, we repurchased 12.7 million shares for $1.0 billion during the first quarter of 2011, which was funded with cash on hand. The May 2010 ASR program was completed on July 26, 2010 and we received 1.9 million additional shares on July 29, 2010. The total number of shares repurchased under this program was 14.6 million shares at an average price per share of $68.66. In March 2011, we entered into another ASR program with a third party financial institution to repurchase $275 million of the Company’s common stock. The program was funded with cash on hand. As of March 31, 2011, we had received 3.1 million shares representing the minimum number of shares due under the program. The ASR program was completed on May 2, 2011 and we received 0.4 million additional shares on May 5, 2011. The total number of shares repurchased under this ASR program was 3.5 million shares at an average price per share of $79.65. Total shares repurchased over the last three years were:
(in millions, except per share data)

Number of shares repurchased (1) Average price paid per share Total value of shares repurchased

2011 $ $

Years Ended March 31, 2010 29 8 69.62 $ 41.47 $ 2,032 $ 299 $

2009

10 50.52 484

(1) All of the shares repurchased were part of publically announced programs. The number of shares purchased reflects rounding adjustments.

101

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) In July 2008, the Board authorized the retirement of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be repurchased from time-to-time pursuant to its stock repurchase program. In 2009, 4 million repurchased shares for a total of $204 million, were formally retired by the Company. The retired shares constitute authorized but unissued shares. We elected to allocate any excess of share repurchase price over par value between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings. As such, $165 million was recorded as a decrease to retained earnings. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Information regarding our accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is as follows:
(In millions)

Unrealized net loss and other components of benefit plans, net of tax Translation adjustments Total 19. Related Party Balances and Transactions

$ $

2011 (157) 244 87

March 31, $ $

2010 (162) 168 6

Notes receivable outstanding from certain of our current and former officers and senior managers totaled $15 million and $16 million at March 31, 2011 and 2010. These notes related to purchases of common stock under our various employee stock purchase plans. The notes bear interest at rates ranging from 4.7% to 7.1% and were due at various dates through February 2004. Interest income on these notes is recognized only to the extent that cash is received. These notes, which are included in other capital in the consolidated balance sheets, were issued for amounts equal to the market value of the stock on the date of the purchase and are at full recourse to the borrower. At March 31, 2011, the value of the underlying stock collateral was $14 million. The collectability of these notes is evaluated on an ongoing basis. At March 31, 2011 and 2010, we provided a reserve of approximately $1 million and $4 million for the outstanding notes. We incurred $11 million in 2011 and 2010 and $10 million in 2009 of annual rental expense paid to an equityheld investment. 20. Segments of Business We report our operations in two operating segments: McKesson Distribution Solutions and McKesson Technology Solutions. The factors for determining the reportable segments included the manner in which management evaluates the performance of the Company combined with the nature of the individual business activities. We evaluate the performance of our operating segments based on operating profit before interest expense, income taxes and results from discontinued operations. The Distribution Solutions segment distributes ethical and proprietary drugs, medical-surgical supplies and equipment and health and beauty care products throughout North America. This segment also provides specialty pharmaceutical solutions for biotech and pharmaceutical manufacturers, sells financial, operational and clinical solutions for pharmacies (retail, hospital, alternate site) and provides consulting, outsourcing and other services. This segment includes a 49% interest in Nadro, S.A. de C.V. (“Nadro”), one of the leading pharmaceutical distributors in Mexico, and a 39% interest in Parata, which sells automated pharmacy and supply management systems and services to retail and institutional outpatient pharmacies.

102

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued) The Technology Solutions segment delivers enterprise-wide clinical, patient care, financial, supply chain, strategic management software solutions, pharmacy automation for hospitals, as well as connectivity, outsourcing and other services, including remote hosting and managed services, to healthcare organizations. This segment also includes our Payer group of businesses, which includes our InterQual® clinical criteria solution, medical management tools, claims payment solutions and care management programs. The segment’s customers include hospitals, physicians, homecare providers, retail pharmacies and payers from North America, the United Kingdom, Ireland, other European countries and Israel. Revenues for our Technology Solutions segment are classified in one of three categories: services, software and software systems and hardware. Services revenues primarily include fees associated with installing our software and software systems, as well as revenues associated with software maintenance and support, remote processing, disease and medical management, and other outsourcing and professional services. Software and software systems revenues primarily include revenues from licensing our software and software systems, including the segment’s clinical auditing and compliance and InterQual® businesses. Corporate includes expenses associated with Corporate functions and projects, certain employee benefits and the results of certain equity-held investments. Corporate expenses are allocated to the operating segments to the extent that these items can be directly attributable to the segment.

103

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Continued)
Financial information relating to the reportable operating segments is presented below: Years Ended March 31, (In millions) 2011 2010 Revenues Distribution Solutions (1) $ Direct distribution & services 77,554 $ 72,210 $ Sales to customers’ warehouses 18,631 21,435 Total U.S. pharmaceutical distribution & services 96,185 93,645 Canada pharmaceutical distribution & services 9,784 9,072 Medical-Surgical distribution & services 2,920 2,861 Total Distribution Solutions 108,889 105,578 Technology Solutions Services 2,483 2,439 Software & software systems 590 571 Hardware 122 114 Total Technology Solutions 3,195 3,124 Total $ 112,084 $ 108,702 $ Operating profit Distribution Solutions (2) $ 1,897 $ 1,988 $ Technology Solutions (3) 301 385 Total 2,198 2,373 Corporate (341) (342) Litigation credit, net — 20 Interest expense (222) (187) Income from continuing operations before income taxes $ 1,635 $ 1,864 $ Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles (4) Distribution Solutions $ 70 $ 54 $ Technology Solutions 62 67 Corporate — — Total $ 132 $ 121 $ Depreciation and other amortization(5) Distribution Solutions $ 155 $ 148 $ Technology Solutions 147 145 Corporate 62 63 Total $ 364 $ 356 $ Expenditures for long-lived assets (6) Distribution Solutions $ 162 $ 95 $ Technology Solutions 26 31 Corporate 45 73 Total $ 233 $ 199 $ Segment assets, at year end Distribution Solutions $ 22,983 $ 19,803 $ Technology Solutions 3,504 3,635 Total 26,487 23,438 Corporate Cash and cash equivalents 3,612 3,731 Other 787 1,020 Total $ 30,886 $ 28,189 $

2009 66,876 25,809 92,685 8,225 2,658 103,568 2,337 572 155 3,064 106,632 1,158 334 1,492 (284) — (144) 1,064 51 77 — 128 126 128 59 313 83 43 69 195 18,674 3,606 22,280 2,109 878 25,267

(1) Revenues derived from services represent less than 1% of this segment’s total revenues for 2011, 2010 and 2009. (2) Operating profit for 2011 includes a $213 million charge associated with the AWP litigation and also includes a $51 million credit

(3) (4) (5) (6)

representing our share of a settlement of an antitrust class action lawsuit brought against a drug manufacturer, which was recorded as a reduction to cost of sales. Operating profit for 2009 includes a $63 million charge to write-down two equity-held investments and a $493 million charge associated with the AWP litigation Operating profit in 2011 includes a $72 million asset impairment charge for capitalized software held for sale. Amounts include amortization of acquired intangible assets purchased in connection with acquisitions by the Company. Other amortization includes amortization of capitalized software held for sale and capitalized software for internal use. Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment.

104

McKESSON CORPORATION FINANCIAL NOTES (Concluded) Revenues and property, plant and equipment by geographic areas were as follows:
(In millions)

Revenues United States International Total Property, plant and equipment, net, at year end United States International Total

2011 $ $ $ $ 102,089 9,995 112,084 901 90 991

Years Ended March 31, 2010 $ $ $ $ 99,387 9,315 108,702 764 87 851 $ $ $ $

2009 98,194 8,438 106,632 719 77 796

International operations primarily consist of our operations in Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, other European countries and Israel. We also have an equity-held investment (Nadro) in Mexico. Net revenues were attributed to geographic areas based on the customers’ shipment locations. 21. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
(In millions, except per share amounts)

Fiscal 2011 Revenues Gross profit (1) Net income (1)(2) Earnings per common share (1)(2) Diluted Continuing operations Discontinued operation (3) Total Earnings per common share (1)(2) Basic Continuing operations Discontinued operation (3) Total Fiscal 2010 Revenues Gross profit Net income (4) Earnings per common share (4) Diluted Basic

First Quarter $ 27,450 1,392 298 1.10 1.10 1.12 1.12 26,657 1,303 288 1.06 1.07 $

Second Quarter 27,534 1,366 327 0.97 0.28 1.25 0.99 0.28 1.27 27,130 1,335 301 1.11 1.13 $

Third Quarter 28,247 1,461 155 0.60 0.60 0.61 0.61 28,272 1,455 326 1.19 1.21 $

Fourth Quarter 28,853 1,751 422 1.62 1.62 1.65 1.65 26,643 1,583 348 1.26 1.29 $

Year 112,084 5,970 1,202 4.29 0.28 4.57 4.37 0.28 4.65 108,702 5,676 1,263 4.62 4.70

$ $ $ $ $



$ $ $ $ $

$ $ $ $ $



$ $ $ $ $



$ $ $ $ $







$

$

$

$

$

(1) Financial results for the first quarter and full year of 2011 include a credit of $51 million representing our share of a settlement of an antitrust class action lawsuit. Financial results for the second quarter and full year 2011 include a $72 million asset impairment charge for capitalized software held for sale. Financial results of US Oncology are included in our consolidated financial statements beginning in the fourth quarter of 2011. (2) Financial results for the second and third quarters and full year 2011 include charges of $24 million pre-tax ($16 million after-tax), $189 million pre-tax ($133 million after-tax) and $213 million pre-tax ($149 million after-tax) associated with the AWP litigation. (3) Financial results for the second quarter and full year of 2011 include a $95 million pre-tax ($72 million after-tax) gain from the sale of MAP. (4) Financial results for the third quarter and full year 2010 include a $17 million pre-tax gain ($14 million after-tax) on sale of our 50% interest in MLS.

105

McKESSON CORPORATION Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures Our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, with the participation of other members of the Company’s management, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this report, and have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective based on their evaluation of these controls and procedures as required by paragraph (b) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15. Internal Control over Financial Reporting Management’s report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) and the related report of our independent registered public accounting firm are included on page 52 and page 53 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under the headings, “Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and are incorporated herein by reference. Changes in Internal Controls There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

106

McKESSON CORPORATION PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information about our Directors is incorporated by reference from the discussion under Item 1 of our Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) under the heading “Election of Directors.” Information about compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement. Information about our Audit Committee, including the members of the committee and our Audit Committee Financial Expert, is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the headings “Audit Committee Report” and “Audit Committee Financial Expert” in our Proxy Statement. Information about the Code of Ethics governing our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller and Financial Managers can be found on our Web site, www.mckesson.com, under the Investors – Corporate Governance tab. The Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and Charters for the Audit and Compensation Committees and the Committee on Directors and Corporate Governance can also be found on our Web site under the Investors – Corporate Governance tab. The Company intends to disclose required information regarding any amendment to or waiver under the Code of Ethics referred to above by posting such information on our Web site within four business days after any such amendment or waiver. Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information with respect to this item is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Executive Compensation” in our Proxy Statement. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information about security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference from the discussion under the heading “Principal Stockholders” in our Proxy Statement.

107

McKESSON CORPORATION The following table sets forth information as of March 31, 2011 with respect to the plans under which the Company’s common stock is authorized for issuance:
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in the first column)

Plan Category (In millions, except per share amounts)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, (1) warrants and rights

13.0(2) 1.7(4)

$ $

52.46 34.30

15.8(3) —

(1) The weighted-average exercise price set forth in this column is calculated excluding outstanding restricted stock unit (“RSU”) awards, since recipients are not required to pay an exercise price to receive the shares subject to these awards. (2) Represents options and RSUs awarded under the following plans: (i) 1994 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan; (ii) 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan; and (iii) the 2005 Stock Plan (3) Represents 2,378,455 shares that remained available for purchase under the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 13,431,887 shares available for grant under the 2005 Stock Plan. (4) Represents options and RSUs awarded under the following plans: (i) 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan; and (ii) the 1998 Canadian Stock Incentive Plan. No further awards will be made under any of these plans.

The following are descriptions of equity plans that have been approved by the Company’s stockholders. The plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, except for the portion of the 2005 Stock Plan related to Non-Employee Directors, which is administered by the Committee on Directors and Corporate Governance. 2005 Stock Plan: The 2005 Stock Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on May 25, 2005 and approved by the Company’s stockholders on July 27, 2005. The 2005 Stock Plan permits the granting of up to 42.5 million shares in the form of stock options, restricted stock (“RS”), RSUs, performance-based restricted stock units (“PeRSUs”) and other share-based awards. For any one share of common stock issued in connection with a RS, RSU, PeRSU or other share-based award, two shares shall be deducted from the shares available for future grants. Shares of common stock not issued or delivered as a result of the net exercise of a stock option, shares used to pay the withholding taxes related to a stock award or shares repurchased on the open market with proceeds from the exercise of options shall not be returned to the reserve of shares available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan. Stock options are granted at no less than fair market value and those options granted under the 2005 Stock Plan generally have a contractual term of seven years. Prior to 2005, stock options typically had a contractual term of ten years. Options generally become exercisable in four equal annual installments beginning one year after the grant date or after four years from the date of grant. The vesting of RS or RSUs is determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant. RS and RSUs generally vest over four years. Vesting of PeRSUs ranges from one to three-year periods following the end of the performance period and may follow the graded or cliff method of vesting. Non-employee directors may be granted an award on the date of each annual meeting of the stockholders for up to 5,000 RSUs, as determined by the Board. Such non-employee director award is fully vested on the date of the grant. 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan. The 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders on July 30, 1997; however, stockholder approval of the 2005 Stock Plan on July 27, 2005 had the effect of terminating the 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan such that no new awards would be granted under the 1997 NonEmployee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan. 1994 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan. The 1994 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan expired by its terms on October 18, 2004, ten years after approval by the Board of Directors on October 19, 1994.

108

McKESSON CORPORATION 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”): The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. In March 2002, the Board amended the ESPP to allow for participation in the plan by employees of certain of the Company’s international and certain other subsidiaries. As to those employees, the ESPP does not qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Currently, 16 million shares have been approved by stockholders for issuance under the ESPP. The ESPP is implemented through a continuous series of three-month purchase periods (“Purchase Periods”) during which contributions can be made toward the purchase of common stock under the plan. Each eligible employee may elect to authorize regular payroll deductions during the next succeeding Purchase Period, the amount of which may not exceed 15% of a participant’s compensation. At the end of each Purchase Period, the funds withheld by each participant will be used to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. The purchase price of each share of the Company’s common stock is based on 85% of the fair market value of each share on the last day of the applicable Purchase Period. In general, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased by a participant for each calendar year is determined by dividing $25,000 by the fair market value of one share of common stock on the offering date. The following are descriptions of equity plans that have not been submitted for approval by the Company’s stockholders: On July 27, 2005, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2005 Stock Plan which had the effect of terminating the 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, the 1998 Canadian Stock Incentive Plan and certain 1999 one-time stock option plan awards, which plans had not been submitted for approval by the Company’s stockholders, and, as noted above, the 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan, which had previously been approved by the Company’s stockholders. Prior grants under these plans include stock options, RS and RSUs. Stock options under the terminated plans generally have a ten-year life and vest over four years. RS contains certain restrictions on transferability and may not be transferred until such restrictions lapse. Each of these plans has outstanding equity grants, which are subject to the terms and conditions of their respective plans, but no new grants will be made under these terminated plans. Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Information with respect to certain transactions with management is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” Additional information regarding certain related party balances and transactions is included in the Financial Review section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and Financial Note 19, “Related Party Balances and Transactions,” to the consolidated financial statements appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information regarding principal accounting fees and services is set forth under the heading “Ratification of Appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP as the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Fiscal 2012” in our Proxy Statement and all such information is incorporated herein by reference.

109

McKESSON CORPORATION PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule Page 53 54 55 56 57 58

(a)(1) Consolidated Financial Statements................................................................................................. Report of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2011 and 2010 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 Financial Notes (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts ..................................................................................... All other schedules not included have been omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information, where material, is shown in the financial statements, financial notes or supplementary financial information. (a)(3) Exhibits submitted with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC and those incorporated by reference to other filings are listed on the Exhibit Index ..................................................

112

113

110

McKESSON CORPORATION SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. MCKESSON CORPORATION Dated: May 5, 2011
Jeffrey C. Campbell Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated:
John H. Hammergren Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

*

M. Christine Jacobs, Director

*

Jeffrey C. Campbell Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

*

Marie L. Knowles, Director

*

Nigel A. Rees Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

*

David M. Lawrence, M.D., Director

*

Andy D. Bryant, Director

* * *

Edward A. Mueller, Director

* *

Wayne A. Budd, Director

Jane E. Shaw, Director /s/ Laureen E. Seeger Laureen E. Seeger *Attorney-in-Fact

Alton F. Irby III, Director

Dated: May 5, 2011

111

McKESSON CORPORATION SCHEDULE II SUPPLEMENTARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS For the Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (In millions) Additions Balance at Beginning of Year 131 24 155 152 12 164 $ $ $ $ Charged to Costs and Expenses 18


Description Year Ended March 31, 2011 Allowances for doubtful accounts .................................. $ Other allowances ........................ $ Year Ended March 31, 2010 Allowances for doubtful accounts .................................. $ Other allowances ........................ $ Year Ended March 31, 2009 Allowances for doubtful accounts .................................. $ Other allowances ........................ $

Charged to Other Accounts (3) $ $ $ $ 5 (2) 3 7 10 17 $ $ $ $

Deductions From Allowance Accounts (1) (30) (6) (36) (45) (4) (49) $ $ $ $

Balance at End of Year (2) 124 16 140 131 24 155

18 17 6 23

163 9 172

$ $

27 6 33

$ $
2011 36 — — 36

3 1 4

$ $
2010 $ $

(41) (4) (45)

$ $

152 12 164
2009

(1) Deductions: Written off .......................................................................... $ Operation sold ..................................................................... Credited to other accounts................................................... Total .................................................................................... $ (2) Amounts shown as deductions from current and noncurrent receivables .......................................................... $

49 — — 49

$ $

27 6 12 45

140

$

155

$

164

(3) Primarily represents reclassifications from other balance sheet accounts.

112

McKESSON CORPORATION EXHIBIT INDEX The agreements included as exhibits to this report are included to provide information regarding their terms and not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about the Company or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements may contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement that were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement, and; • • • should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to you or other investors; and were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time. Exhibits identified under “Incorporated by Reference” in the table below are on file with the Commission and are incorporated by reference as exhibits hereto. Exhibit Number 3.1 Incorporated by Reference Description Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on July 25, 2007. Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company, as amended through April 22, 2009. Indenture, dated as of March 11, 1997, by and between the Company, as Issuer, and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee. Indenture, dated as of January 29, 2002, between the Company, as Issuer, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2007, by and between the Company, as Issuer, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 28, 2011, to the Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2007, among the Company, as Issuer, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. McKesson Corporation 1994 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan as amended through July 31, 2001. Form 10-Q File Number 1-13252 Exhibit 3.1 Filing Date October 31, 2007

3.2

8-K

1-13252

3.2

April 28, 2009

4.1

10-K

1-13252

4.4

June 19, 1997

4.2

10-K

1-13252

4.6

June 12, 2002

4.3

8-K

1-13252

4.1

March 5, 2007

4.4

8-K

1-13252

4.2

February 28, 2011

10.1*

10-K

1-13252

10.4

June 12, 2002

113

McKESSON CORPORATION Exhibit Number 10.2* Incorporated by Reference Description McKesson Corporation 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, as amended through May 26, 2004. McKesson Corporation 1997 NonEmployee Directors’ Equity Compensation and Deferral Plan, as amended through January 29, 2003. McKesson Corporation Supplemental Profit Sharing Investment Plan, as amended and restated on January 29, 2003. McKesson Corporation Supplemental Profit Sharing Investment Plan II, as amended and restated on October 24, 2008. McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation Administration Plan, as amended and restated as of October 28, 2004. McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation Administration Plan II, as amended and restated as of October 28, 2004, and Amendment No. 1 thereto effective July 25, 2007. McKesson Corporation Deferred Compensation Administration Plan III, as amended and restated October 24, 2008. McKesson Corporation Option Gain Deferral Plan, as amended and restated as of October 28, 2004. McKesson Corporation Executive Benefit Retirement Plan, as amended and restated on October 24, 2008. McKesson Corporation Executive Survivor Benefits Plan, as amended and restated as of January 20, 2010. McKesson Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Employees, as amended and restated December 29, 2008. McKesson Corporation Change in Control Policy for Selected Executive Employees, as amended and restated on October 26, 2010. McKesson Corporation 2005 Management Incentive Plan, as amended and restated on April 21, 2010, effective July 28, 2010. Form 10-K File Number 1-13252 Exhibit 10.2 Filing Date May 7, 2008

10.3*

10-K

1-13252

10.4

June 10, 2004

10.4*

10-K

1-13252

10.6

June 6, 2003

10.5*

10-Q

1-13252

10.1

October 29, 2008

10.6*

10-K

1-13252

10.6

May 13, 2005

10.7*

10-K

1-13252

10.7

May 7, 2008

10.8*

10-Q

1-13252

10.2

October 29, 2008

10.9*

10-K

1-13252

10.8

May 13, 2005

10.10*

10-Q

1-13252

10.3

October 29, 2008

10.11*

8-K

1-13252

10.1

January 25, 2010

10.12*

10-K

1-13252

10.12

May 5, 2009

10.13*

10-Q

1-13252

10.2

February 1, 2011

10.14*

10-Q

1-13252

10.3

July 30, 2010

114

McKESSON CORPORATION Exhibit Number 10.15* Incorporated by Reference Description Form of Statement of Terms and Conditions Applicable to Awards Pursuant to the McKesson Corporation 2005 Management Incentive Plan, effective April 20, 2010. McKesson Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective May 26, 2010. Form of Statement and Terms and conditions Applicable to Awards Pursuant to the McKesson Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan, made on or after May 26, 2009. McKesson Corporation 2005 Stock Plan, as amended and restated on July 28, 2010. Forms of (i) Statement of Standard Terms and Conditions applicable to Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Performance Shares, (ii) Stock Option Grant Notice and (iii) Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, under the McKesson Corporation 2005 Stock Plan, as amended and restated on October 26, 2010. Third Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2010, among the Company, as servicer, CGSF Funding Corporation, as seller, the several conduit purchasers from time to time party to the Agreement, the several committed purchasers from time to time party to the Agreement, the several managing agents from time to time party to the Agreement, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent. Form 10-K File Number 1-13252 Exhibit 10.15 Filing Date May 4, 2010

10.16*

10-Q

1-13252

10.1

July 30, 2010

10.17*

10-Q

1-13252

10.2

July 30, 2010

10.18*

10-Q

1-13252

10.4

July 30, 2010

10.19*

10-Q

1-13252

10.1

February 1, 2011

10.20

10-Q

1-13252

10.6

July 30, 2010

115

McKESSON CORPORATION Exhibit Number 10.21 Incorporated by Reference Description Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2007 among the Company and McKesson Canada Corporation, collectively, the Borrowers, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as CoSyndication Agents, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as L/C Issuer, The Bank of Nova Scotia and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, LTD., Seattle branch, as CoDocumentation Agents, and The Other Lenders Party Hereto Banc of America Securities LLC, as sole lead arranger and sole book manager. Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2002, between McKesson Capital Corp. and General Electric Capital Corporation. Services Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2002, between McKesson Capital Corp. and General Electric Capital Corporation. Senior Bridge Term Loan Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, among The Company, Bank of America N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto. Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of November 1, 2008, by and between the Company and its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of November 1, 2008, by and between the Company and its Executive Vice President and Group President. Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement. Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP. Form 8-K File Number 1-13252 Exhibit 10.1 Filing Date June 14, 2007

10.22†††

10-Q

1-13252

10.7

July 30, 2010

10.23†††

10-Q

1-13252

10.8

July 30, 2010

10.24

8-K

1-13252

10.1

November 29, 2010

10.25*

10-Q

1-13252

10.10

October 29, 2008

10.26*

10-Q

1-13252

10.12

October 29, 2008

10.27* 12† 21† 23†

10-K — — —

1-13252 — — —

10.27 — — —

May 4, 2010 — — —

116

McKESSON CORPORATION Exhibit Number 24† 31.1† Incorporated by Reference Description Power of Attorney. Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, and adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The following materials from the McKesson Corporation Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) related notes. Form — — File Number — — Exhibit — — Filing Date — —

31.2†









32††









101††









Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement in which directors and/or executive officers are eligible to participate. † Filed herewith. †† Furnished herewith. ††† Confidential treatment has been granted for certain portions of this exhibit and such confidential portions have been filed with the Commission. Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request a copy of each instrument defining the rights of security holders with respect to issues of long-term debt of the registrant, the authorized principal amount of which does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the registrant.

*

117

Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, John H. Hammergren, certify that: 1. 2. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McKesson Corporation; Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

3.

4.

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 5, 2011

/s/ John H. Hammergren John H. Hammergren Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Jeffrey C. Campbell, certify that: 1. 2. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McKesson Corporation; Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

3.

4.

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 5, 2011

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell Jeffrey C. Campbell Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the annual report of McKesson Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the dates indicated below, each hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of their knowledge: 1. 2. The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ John H. Hammergren John H. Hammergren Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer May 5, 2011

/s/ Jeffrey C. Campbell Jeffrey C. Campbell Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer May 5, 2011 This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for the purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to McKesson Corporation and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

(This page intentionally left blank)

Appendix A Supplemental Information GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation A reconciliation between our net income per diluted common share as reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and our net income per diluted common share from continuing operations, excluding adjustments for the litigation charge (credit), net is as follows:
(In millions, except per share data) 2011 Years Ended March 31, 2010 2009 2008 2007

Net income, as reported ................................................................................................ Exclude: Litigation charge (credit), net....................................................................................... Income tax expense (benefit), net ................................................................................ Income tax reserve reversal.......................................................................................... Litigation charge (credit), net of tax ............................................................................ Discontinued operations, net of tax .............................................................................. Income from continuing operations, excluding litigation charge (credit), net .............. Diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations, excluding litigation charge (credit), net ...................................................................................................... Shares on which diluted earnings per common share from continuing operations, excluding the litigation charge (credit), net were based..............................................

$ 1,202 $ 1,263

$ 823 $ 990 $ 913

213 (20) 493 (5) (6) (64) 8 (182) 2 2 — — — — (83) 149 (12) 311 (3) (87) (72) — — (1) 55 $ 1,279 $ 1,251 $ 1,134 $ 986 $ 881 $ 4.86 $ 263 4.58 $ 4.07 $ 3.31 $ 2.89 273 279 298 305

____________

These pro forma amounts are non-GAAP financial measures. We use these measures internally when assessing the performance of the organization, our operating segments and our senior management team, and consider these results to be useful to investors as they provide relevant benchmarks of core operating performance.

McKesson Corporation

BOARD OF DIRECTORS John H. Hammergren Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, McKesson Corporation Andy D. Bryant Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer, Intel Corporation Wayne A. Budd Senior Counsel, Goodwin Procter LLP Alton F. Irby III Chairman and Founding Partner, London Bay Capital M. Christine Jacobs Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, Theragenics Corporation Marie L. Knowles Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Retired, Atlantic Richfield Company David M. Lawrence, M.D. Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Retired, Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc. and Kaiser Foundation Hospitals Edward A. Mueller Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Retired, Qwest Communications International Inc. Jane E. Shaw, Ph.D. Chairman of the Board, Intel Corporation; Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Retired, Aerogen, Inc.

CORPORATE OFFICERS John H. Hammergren Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Patrick J. Blake Executive Vice President and Group President Jeffrey C. Campbell Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Jorge L. Figueredo Executive Vice President, Human Resources Paul C. Julian Executive Vice President and Group President Marc E. Owen Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Business Development Laureen E. Seeger Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer Randall N. Spratt Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer Nicholas A. Loiacono Vice President and Treasurer Nigel A. Rees Vice President and Controller Willie C. Bogan Secretary

COMMON STOCK McKesson Corporation common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (ticker symbol MCK) and is quoted in the daily stock tables carried by most newspapers. STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION Wells Fargo Shareowner Services, 161 Concord Exchange North, South St. Paul, MN, 55075, acts as transfer agent, registrar, dividendpaying agent and dividend reinvestment plan agent for McKesson Corporation stock and maintains all registered stockholder records for the Company. For information about McKesson Corporation stock or to request replacement of lost dividend checks, stock certificates, 1099-DIVs, or to have your dividend check deposited directly into your checking or savings account, stockholders may call Wells Fargo Shareowner Services’ telephone response center at (866) 6149635. For the hearing impaired call (651) 450-4144. Wells Fargo Shareowner Services also has a website—http://www.wellsfargo.com/ shareownerservices—that stockholders may use 24 hours a day to request account information. DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN Dividends are generally paid on the first business day of January, April, July and October. McKesson Corporation’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan offers stockholders the opportunity to reinvest dividends in common stock and to purchase additional shares of common stock. Stock in an individual’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan is held in book entry at the Company’s transfer agent, Wells Fargo Shareowner Services. For more information, or to request an enrollment form, call Wells Fargo Shareowner Services’ telephone response center at (866) 614-9635. From outside the United States, call +1-651-450-4064. ANNUAL MEETING McKesson Corporation’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held at 8:30 a.m. PDT, on Wednesday, July 27, 2011, at the Palace Hotel, Sea Cliff Room, 2 New Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California.

McKesson Corporation One Post Street San Francisco, CA 94104 www.mckesson.com

© 2011 McKesson Corporation. All rights reserved.

Similar Documents

Free Essay

Case Study

...and GUESS have created such programs and with the comparison of before and after financial reports it boosts net sales by more than 30%. INTRODUCTION Express Next is a point-dollar reward system that affiliates each dollar spent with 10 points. The more points a customer accumulates the better a reward they will receive. There will be a two tiers of loyalty. A Base tier, the beginning tier, that rewards a customer with 10 points with every dollar spent. And a A-List tier, the advance tier that is gained when a customer reaches a certain amount of loyalty, that rewards customers with 15 points with every dollar spent. There will be a two quarter beta program to be held at various locations that have the top volume in the company and will be launched in the beginning of the upcoming fiscal year. This loyalty program will increase sales up to 30% percent and start a clientele-esque program. LIST OF SOURCES Berman, B. (2006). Developing an Effective Customer Loyalty Program . California management review , 49(1), 123. Demonstrate how to create an effective program that will increase net sales Chen, M. (2005). Mining changes in customer behavior in retail marketing . Expert systems with applications , 28(4), 773. doi:10.1016/j.eswa.2004.12.033 Show that the proper marketing and phasing of the program will benefit the companies finance Clifton, D. E. (2005). AECO Annual Report. AECO Investor Information. Retrieved March 17, 2012, from http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix...

Words: 1091 - Pages: 5

Free Essay

Gsrghj

...htm An investigation of perceptions of company annual report users in Sri Lanka Anura De Zoysa and Kathy Rudkin School of Accounting and Finance, University of Wollongong, Wollongong, Australia Abstract Purpose – The purpose of this paper is to report on a study of how users of company annual reports in the emerging market of Sri Lanka view those reports. Since limited studies exist that examine financial reporting practices in emerging markets, little is known about the user perceptions of company annual reports in these markets. This paper contributes to filling this gap by examining the views of a wide spectrum of users on the usefulness of corporate annual reports in Sri Lanka. Design/methodology/approach – The data reported in this study were collected through a questionnaire survey, covering seven user groups – accountants, executives, bankers, tax officers, academics, financial analysts, and investors. The 264 responses received were analysed using the Kruskal-Wallis one-way ANOVA test. Findings – The results reveal that most use annual reports for obtaining information for share transactions. Despite the long delay in publishing many annual reports and lack of availability of these reports to the general public, the majority of users view annual reports as the most important source of company information. The paper also reveals that, in comparison with developed markets, Sri Lankan users depend more on annual report information than on information provided by stockbrokers...

Words: 10559 - Pages: 43

Premium Essay

Analysis of Annual Report

...Annual Report Analysis SK Md Saif Ali (Neil) 500335019 CMN 413 Analysis of Annual Report: McDonalds Here is an annual report analysis of McDonalds based on recurring themes, corporate image, Branding, Readability, design, interest, factual comprehensiveness, consistency and transparency. Recurring Themes: Health concern is the biggest issue to general people when it comes down to fast food. Despite of their great they are incapable to promote good health. In 2012 Annual report, McDonalds claimed to overcome these issues by providing food with quality and taste. By adding real fruits, vegetables, salad to its menu, it has taken the food quality to a new level. Moreover, McDonalds has also become more eco-friendly. By successfully diminishing the usage of carbon footprint and energy, McDonalds proved that point to some extent. This organization has a family crisis fund to help families during depraved times. Corporate Image: approximately 69 million people around the world is served food by McDonalds. McDonalds has differed itself from other companies by seeking competitive advantage. They try to gain that by adding healthy food to their menu and by renovating the business. On page 5 of annual report, It is stated that how standing out for employees and looking out for its own people have earned McDonald’s a competitive advantage on others. The reason behind using such statement served multiple purposes. First of all its shows why one should work in McDonalds and...

Words: 1043 - Pages: 5

Premium Essay

Corporate

...___ Being a paper presented at ANAN Practitioners’ Forum at Mainland Hotel, Lagos on 3rd August, 2010 ____________________________________________________________________ Abstract Good corporate reporting is generally an indication of competitiveness and superior corporate governance. Good reports show initiative and effort on the part of the preparers. Significant changes in the corporate external reporting environment have led to proposals for fundamental changes in corporate reporting practices. A variety of new information types are been demanded, in particular forward-looking, non-financial and soft information. Openness and transparency in annual reporting on an unprecedented scale may be inevitable with the adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and Nigeria’s commitment to adopt IFRS; Nigerian companies will have no alternative but to bring themselves up to speed. One way is to ensure that company’s reports actually reflect good governance. INTRODUCTION Good corporate reporting is generally an indication of competitiveness and superior corporate governance. Good reports show initiative and effort on the part of the preparers. “The better reports always address all the required relevant information concisely, and disclose thoroughly the measures taken – including on activities, corporate policy, strategic plans, the company’s prospects and current initiatives to protect the environment,” (Pushpanathan, 2010:15). In recent times the demand...

Words: 9556 - Pages: 39

Premium Essay

Managment

...Fertilizer Bin Qasim Limited Financial Analysis Report Period coverage: 1st January 2012 to 31st December 2012 Prepared and Presented by: Dr. Babur Zahiruddin Raza, Corporate Office Consultant in Human Resources & Master Trainer in H.R Applications Research Consultant Mr. J. S Khan IT Consultant Mr. Raheel Rustam Ph: 051-5584905, 5792836 Cell: 0332 – 4923235 Email: baburzahiruddin@yahoo.com, TABLE OF CONTENTS SR no | Description | Page no | 1 | Financial analysis approach ----------------------------------------------- | 3 | 2 | Analytical review --------------------------------------------------------- | 4 | 3 | Key discussion points for AGM ---------------------------------------- | 8 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS APPROACH I have adopted following approach to perform holistic and integrated financial analysis of Fauji Fertilizer Bin Qasim Limited-FFBL Environmental analysis Industry analysis Operational review of FFBL Financial analysis The under mentioned documents are essential to perform comprehensive analysis of financial position, performance and cash position. 1. Business plan-Year 2013 to 2015 2. Approved budget-Year 2013 to 2015 3. Annual report of Year 2012 4. Audited financial statements-Year 2012 5. Internal audit charter / Terms of reference for internal audit 6. Internal audit reports 7. Audit engagement letters 8. Management...

Words: 2254 - Pages: 10

Premium Essay

Patton Fuller

...forecasts. A number of ratios must be analyzed together to get a true and reliable picture of the financial performance of the business. Relying on each ratio individually may not be a good strategy. Year-end values may not be truly representative of the actual performance of the business and hence, average values should be used when they are available. The limitations of accounting methods also apply to financial ratio analysis. The selection and application of accounting standards may result in different ratio values. Financial ratio analysis, in fact, has a great use in management accounting which differs from financial accounting in being an on-going, performance management exercise. This summary is a review of the annual report and financial statements and the differences between the audited and the unaudited statements. The financial ratios are examined to determine if there has been improvement from 2008 to 2009 and to explain the cause. This paper will also summarize the relationship between revenue sources and expenses and explain the effect of revenue sources on financial reporting. The summary will also determine how the hospital’s revenues and expenses are grouped for planning and control....

Words: 896 - Pages: 4

Free Essay

Ethical Paper

...Processes used to stay in compliance with the SEC Public traded companies have to comply with the regulations set by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). One of the guidelines set requires Lowes to notify all shareholders when the organization files their financial reports to the SEC. This includes quarterly and annual reports. Lowes ensures that they are always in compliance with the SEC regulations through internal software and technologies, outside independent auditors, Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Governance Committee. Lowes has been found to be in total compliance with all regulations set by the SEC thus far. When the company makes any SEC filing, they are listed by category for the public to see on the company website at anytime. The purpose of the Audit Committee is to ensure all financial and accounting processes at Lowes are ethical. This committee does this through internal and external audit controls and processes. To have a non-biased financial audit done Lowes uses outside independent auditing company Deloitte & Touche LLP. This committee also oversees a reviewing process in which the senior managers of the company meet with the independent auditors after their annual...

Words: 427 - Pages: 2

Premium Essay

Financial Statements

...flows, and statements of owners’ equity? How could the information in those statements be useful to an investor and to a manager? I do not really have a favorite company. Being a car enthusiast, I do pay close attention to the automotive industry. Out of the three major U.S. auto makers, Ford Motor Company is the only one who did not accept government bailout money, further enforcing the fact that the company can stand on its own two feet. This makes Ford my favorite company out of the three. The following information is based on the financial statements of Ford Motor Company which can be found in Ford’s annual report located at http://corporate.ford.com/doc/2011_annual_report.pdf. Ford’s annual report contains both a consolidated balance sheet and a sector balance sheet; both consolidated and sector cash flow statements, and consolidated statement of equity. The report contains no income statements. The financial statements of Ford Motor Company follow a traditional format. The information contained in financial statements can be beneficial to both investors and managers. When making a financial investment in a company, it is important to know how healthy the company is financially. The financial history is also helpful. Managers can use the information to help determine if expenses are too high as well as many other...

Words: 271 - Pages: 2

Premium Essay

Assignment Marriott Annual Report.

...Marriott International, Inc Annual Report 2011 Accounting Principles 100 June 16, 2012 Marriott International, Inc., a leader in the hospitality industry, extended their attention to customer comfort to their intended annual report audience, and created a communication instrument that stands apart from most others in the typically dull arena of corporate reporting. In 2011, note worthy endeavors included Global Growth which caused an increase in revenues and increase in franchises. Marriott opened 210 properties with nearly 32000 new rooms around the world. Their brand portfolio which consists of urban centers to resorts has something for everyone. Each brand has been designed to deliver a unique travel experience across a range of customer segments. Marriott Vacations Worldwide Corporation, an addition to Marriott's assets in 2011, is now an independent, publicly traded company. With Marriott's management and franchising of this new spin-off they believe this will foster growth and attract new investors. Combined with "Revenue Per Available Room" (RevPAR), another business of Marriott's, grew and helped facilitate their global growth. Core values are an important part of the business philosophy that has help propel this company in 2011. Purpose, Values, Strategy and Success Measures combined with the vision to be the #1 hospitality company in the world and leading on three success measures: Loyalty, Profitability and Growth will pave the way to success. Financial...

Words: 628 - Pages: 3

Free Essay

Practical Guide to the New Pcaob Reporting Requirements

...Chance of Financial Fraud Reduced with PCAOB New Requirements The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX) requires that any accounting firm that prepares or issues an audit report with respect to a U.S. public company must register with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB). Until recently, an accounting firm was required only to provide information current as of the initial registration date for the firm. Beginning on December 31, 2009, accounting firms were required to register with the PCAOB and file annual and current reports with the PCAOB. On August 13, 2009, the SEC approved the proposed rules with the original effective date of October 12, 2009, but on September 30, 2009, the PCAOB delayed the effective date to December 31, 2009. These parts implement the requirements of SOX section 102(d) that registered public accounting firms 1) report annual information about the firms and their audit practices, and 2) submit, as specified by the PCAOB or the SEC, more frequent information necessary to update the information previously filed with the PCAOB. Until now, the PCAOB had no requirement for annual reports or amendments to report material changes in initial registration information. The purposes of the new sections are 1) to keep the PCAOB up to date on a firm's basic professional information, such as name, location, licenses, and contact information; 2) to provide the PCAOB with current information regarding a firm's audit practice in order to facilitate analysis...

Words: 1337 - Pages: 6

Free Essay

Marketing Project Sources

...Marketing Project Potential Sources The company’s website is a good starting point, but a well-researched product needs to go beyond the corporate website. The following are several suggested sources. Annual Reports The following are several sources from which an annual report can be obtained. http://www.annualreports.com www.annualreportservice.com/ www.zpub.com/sf/arl/ www.prars.com/ Web Sites http://www.census.gov Provides access to general population figures. Overview of Economic Statistical Programs: http://www.census.gov/econ/overview/ Provides general statistics on American businesses (including retail). www.about.com Use the search feature to find articles on your product and company. Databases (Use these to find articles): Lakeland Library through OhioLINK offers you access to articles that have been published in journals, magazines, and newspapers. Many of these articles are not available on the general Web. To access these databases, you must be registered in the Library. Once you have registered, you can use the Web to go to the Lakeland Library home page (http://library.lakelandcc.edu) and click on Home Access – To Databases. Follow the prompts and then choose Listed by Name. Most of the articles are available in full-text (but not all of them). Business & Industry – Broad trends in industry; provides news items about acquisitions and mergers; product advertising and more. Business Source Premier – Good source for...

Words: 440 - Pages: 2

Premium Essay

Act 100: Article on Sarbanes-Oxley Act Relates to Internal Control

...internal controls states that auditors must test the scope of a company’s internal control procedures and present its findings in its annual audit report. This audit report must include an evaluation of whether the internal controls provide both a system of maintaining records that fairly and accurately reflect the company’s transactions, and a reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded in accordance with the preparation of GAAP financial statements. The audit report must also contain a description of any material weaknesses in the internal controls and any material noncompliance. The Act requires the CEO and CFO to certify, in each annual and quarterly report issued by the company, as to a number of subjects, including internal controls. They must certify that they are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal controls; have designed the internal controls to enable them to obtain all financial material; have evaluated the effectiveness of the internal controls; and have presented their conclusions about the effectiveness of the internal controls in the report. The CEO and CFO must also certify that they have disclosed to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the board of directors all significant deficiencies in the internal controls that could adversely affect the company’s ability to maintain and report financial data, and have identified for the auditors any...

Words: 561 - Pages: 3

Premium Essay

Edgar

...Form 8-K : is a report required to be filed by public companies with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. After a significant event like bankruptcy or departure of a CEO, a public company generally must file a Current Report on Form 8-K within four business days to provide an update to previously filed quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and/or Annual Reports on Form 10-K. Form 8-K is a very broad form used to notify investors of any unscheduled material event that is important to shareholders or the SEC. Form 10-K : is an annual report required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), that gives a comprehensive summary of a public company‘s performance. Although similarly named, the annual report on Form 10-K is distinct from the often glossy “annual report to shareholders”, which a company must send to its shareholders when it holds an annual meeting to elect directors (though some companies combine the annual report and the 10-K into one document). The 10-K includes information such as company history, organizational structure, executive compensation, equity, subsidiaries, and audited financial statements, among other information. Form 10-KSB: Similar to the SEC Form 10-K, the Form 10-KSB contains crucial information for investors researching potential investments. This is especially true with the companies that file the Form 10-KSB since the stocks of these small companies most often trade...

Words: 1463 - Pages: 6

Premium Essay

Annual Report

...PulteGroup, Inc. is a Michigan based corporation organized in 1956 and is one of the largest homebuilders in the United States. Primarily a home building company, PulteGroup also has mortgage operations which are conducted through Pulte Mortgage, LLC and title operations. The company is a publicly-held holding company trading on the New York Stock Exchange under symbol “PHM”. This essay will review the 2010 the Annual Report. Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in the annual report issued the report on the effectiveness of PulteGroup, Inc. internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. It is their opinion that PulteGroup, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting. Balance sheets, income statements, stockholder equity, cash flows and other financial reports have fairly and accurately reported the PulteGroup, Inc. Company’s financial position. Although still operating at a loss, the gross profit and net income improved from 2009 to 2010. The income from operations declined. From 2009 to 2010, assets and stockholders’ equity both decreased. Liabilities also decreased. Business activities for 2010 resulted in a net cash outflow. The primary driver for cash flow is selling inventory for profit and long-term loans. Due to the low turnover of inventory, voluntary repurchase of certain community development district obligations...

Words: 401 - Pages: 2

Premium Essay

Business

...Management, Universiteit Maastricht, Maastricht, The Netherlands, and Els Oirbans PriceWaterhouseCoopers, Eindhoven, The Netherlands Abstract Purpose – This paper aims to study the relationship between intellectual capital disclosures (ICDs) and the relative importance of intangible assets as company value drivers. Design/methodology/approach – Annual reports of Swedish, British and Danish firms are analysed to measure the extent of ICD. The level of intellectual capital (IC) in firms, measured with proxies for the categories of human, structural and relational capital. Findings – As to the components of IC, the empirical results indicate that there is a strong significant positive relationship between (the level of) structural capital possession of a firm and the firm’s ICD. Practical implications – This suggests that firms with a relatively high level of structural capital, disclose more information on IC in the annual report. The study found no such significant association between human and relational capital in firms and ICD regarding these items. Firms might have a transparency drawback in addressing these issues in the reports when these IC categories are relatively of greater importance for firms. Originality/value – The paper provides evidence for the argument that firms focus their ICD on those IC elements that are most relevant for the company’s value creation process....

Words: 8529 - Pages: 35